Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

x        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

 

OR

 

o           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission File Number 001-35982

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

20-5480343

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

53 West 23rd Street, New York, NY

 

10010

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (646) 723-5300

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class:

 

Name of each exchange on which registered:

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

 

The New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   o     No   x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   o     No   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  x

Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   o     No   x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $198.4 million as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing sale price on The New York Stock Exchange reported for such date.

 

As of March 10, 2015, there were 51,375,071 shares of the registrant’s common stock $0.0001 par value per share outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the information called for by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, are incorporated herein by reference from the definitive proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.  The proxy statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Page

Part I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

12

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

35

Item 2.

Properties

35

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

35

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

36

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

38

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

40

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

54

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

56

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

85

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

85

Item 9B.

Other Information

86

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

86

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

86

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

86

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

86

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

87

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

87

 

Signatures

88

 

The Tremor Video logo and names Tremor Video, Tremor Video Network, VideoHub, and other trademarks or service marks of Tremor Video, Inc. appearing in this report are the property of Tremor Video, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. This report contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners.

 



Table of Contents

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties.  In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” or “would,” and or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this report, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

·              the expansion of the online video advertising market;

·              the adoption of brand-centric metrics, advanced ad formats and performance-based pricing models;

·              our ability to increase revenue from new and existing advertisers with respect to the Tremor Video Network;

·              the adoption of our programmatic solutions for advertisers and publishers, including our DSP and SSP;

·              the adoption of our all-screen optimization solution for in-stream video advertising;

·              our ability to ensure a high level of brand safety for our clients;

·              our ability to acquire an adequate supply of premium video advertising inventory from publishers on terms that are favorable to us;

·              the effects of increased competition as well as innovations by new and existing competitors in our market;

·             our ability to effectively innovate and scale our technology and to continue to address the rapidly evolving requirements of advertisers in the online video market;

·              our ability to effectively manage our growth;

·              the increase in broadband speed, sales of internet-connected devices and time spent viewing online videos;

·              our ability to successfully expand our reach beyond current core verticals and manage our international expansion;

·              our ability to protect viewers’ information and adequately address privacy concerns;

·              the effect of regulatory developments and industry standards regarding internet privacy and other matters;

·              our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

·              our ability to effectively deliver video ad campaigns with a guaranteed demographic reach;

·              costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement, securities and other claims;

·              potential acquisition and integration of complementary business and technologies;

·              our expected use of proceeds from our initial public offering;

·              statements regarding future revenue or the sources of such revenue, gross margins, net income, hiring plans, expenses, capital expenditures, capital requirements and stock performance;

·              our ability to detect “bot” traffic and other fraudulent or malicious activity; and

·              our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel.

 

You should refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

You should read this report and the documents that we reference in this report and have filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Tremor Video, Inc., which we refer to as we or us, is an advertising technology company elevating brand performance across all screens for the world’s leading brands and publishers. We offer brand advertisers and publishers complete programmatic solutions to reach and engage consumers while providing transparency into what drives the success of brand advertising performance across multiple devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns across screens to achieve brand performance goals, while providing access to advanced analytics and measurement tools in real-time.  Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust video marketplace of premium digital media properties, or publishers, many of which partner with us on an exclusive basis.

 

Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices.  We provide the Tremor Video Network as a managed service, with our team of specialists managing the execution and delivery of an advertising campaign, from advising on pre-campaign planning through post-campaign reporting and analysis.  Through our all-screen optimization solution, advertisers are able to choose a single brand performance goal and VideoHub will optimize delivery of  the campaign across the Tremor Video Network to find the right viewer wherever they may be watching video, eliminating the need to allocate campaign budgets to a specific screen or device. To further align our solutions with the needs of brand advertisers, we offer a number of performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertisements where we are compensated only when certain measurable brand results are achieved, such as CPE pricing, where we are paid only when a viewer engages with an ad, or CPV&C pricing, where we are paid only when a video ad is both completed and viewable by the viewer for the duration of the ad. In 2014, we derived substantially all of our revenue by delivering in-stream video advertising through the Tremor Video Network on a managed service basis.

 

Through VideoHub, we offer complete programmatic solutions for brand advertisers and premium publishers.  In 2014, we introduced to market a demand side platform, or DSP, for brand performance that enables advertisers and agencies to efficiently plan, buy, optimize and measure video ad campaigns through an intuitive and customizable user interface.   Our DSP is able to optimize programmatic video buys across a broad spectrum of brand marketing goals — from audience reach to more sophisticated goals such as engagement, brand lift and viewability.  Our DSP is directly integrated with a number of video ad inventory sources, enabling the dynamic purchase of individual ad impressions utilizing real-time bidding technology, or RTB, as well as through private marketplaces that connect advertisers directly to publishers.  In the first quarter of 2015, we also introduced to market a supply side platform, or SSP, for premium publishers, which helps publishers maximize the value of their video inventory by enabling their programmatic sales efforts and automating workflow.  Publishers using our SSP can make inventory available to advertisers through an open exchange, where demand sources bid on inventory in a robust auction environment, or through private marketplaces so that only selected advertisers have the opportunity to purchase video ad inventory.  Our SSP connects advertisers with publishers through our DSP as well as third-party demand side platforms that are integrated with our technology.  We are continuing to invest in the development of our programmatic solutions.

 

In addition, we provide advertisers, agencies and publishers with advanced analytics and measurement tools through an intuitive and customizable user interface, relieving them from the need to integrate and support multiple, disparate technologies.   These tools enable our clients to gain a deep understanding of the drivers of campaign performance and obtain reporting on key brand performance metrics such as viewability as well as TV-like metrics that measure audience reach and frequency of viewing by a particular audience. These functions help brand advertisers unify the planning and measurement of TV and online video advertising campaigns.

 

Industry Background

 

Advertisers often view the advertising market as a funnel that maps a potential consumer’s purchase decision process from the moment he or she is introduced to a brand to the point of purchase. At the top of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on building brand awareness amongst the largest possible number of potential consumers and use reach as the primary metric to measure success. Traditionally, advertisers have preferred national television and outdoor media, such as a Super Bowl commercial or Times Square billboard, to achieve brand awareness. At the bottom of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on generating specific actions by a consumer in a short period of time. At this stage of the funnel, advertisers have generally relied on direct response

 

4



Table of Contents

 

marketing, such as newspaper inserts and coupons, as well as online search and display advertising, where conversions are used to measure campaign success.

 

In the middle of the marketing funnel, advertisers seek to engage consumers and educate them about their brand in order to differentiate themselves from competitors and drive consumer preferences toward a particular branded product to influence future purchase decisions, which we refer to as brand lift. Historically, advertisers have sought to achieve middle of the funnel objectives through print, which can tell a deeper story about a product and its benefits, and allows the reader to linger as long as he or she likes, and to a lesser extent through local and cable television, which offers a more targeted audience for a product’s message than national television.

 

Traditional solutions for middle of the funnel marketing have significant limitations because they lack interactivity, the ability to measure and analyze the results of brand-centric ad campaigns in real-time and the ability to adjust campaigns in real-time to optimize for desired performance. We believe in-stream video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to meet their middle of the funnel objectives by combining the rich “sight, sound and motion” of television, the opt-in engagement of print and the real-time measurement and optimization capabilities of online.

 

Several factors, including the availability of high-speed broadband and mobile network infrastructure, growth of internet-connected devices capable of video consumption, an increase in online video content and a behavioral shift towards online video viewing, are driving robust growth in online video consumption.  As a result, online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States.

 

Within online video advertising, more recently, brand advertisers have begun to adopt programmatic solutions for purchasing video advertising campaigns.  Programmatic buying is the automated purchase of digital advertising inventory through technology, including real time bidding technology, which allows for the dynamic purchase and sale of advertising inventory on an impression-by-impression basis.

 

Despite the tremendous growth opportunity for the online video advertising market, brand advertisers face several challenges to the adoption of online video advertising that require sophisticated technology to solve: audience and device fragmentation, the complexity of analyzing video and optimizing campaigns across multiple devices, ensuring that video ads are viewable to viewers, the absence of performance transparency, scarcity of premium inventory, reliance on multiple technology providers, brand safety challenges, challenges combatting fraudulent activities, and the lack of consistent and standard measurements.

 

Tremor Video Technology and Solutions

 

Our VideoHub technology powers our video advertising solutions to effectively address the challenges faced by advertisers to achieve their brand performance objectives.

 

Through VideoHub we deliver:

 

·                   Brand-centric key performance indicators.   We have developed a suite of brand-centric key performance indicators, or KPIs, such as engagement, viewability and brand lift (i.e., a positive shift in preference towards a brand or branded product driven by exposure to a video ad and brand education), which are tailored to the needs of brand advertisers. Before the launch of a video advertising campaign, a brand advertiser selects the KPI against which it wants to optimize the performance of its campaign. Throughout a campaign, VideoHub analyzes and stores data for all KPIs in our suite, not only the KPI selected by the advertiser for optimization. As a result, an advertiser can understand what signals enhance a specific performance objective even if it has not chosen to optimize a campaign against that KPI.

 

·                   Brand-centric optimization.   Using a proprietary algorithm, VideoHub builds a decision tree that predicts performance of the video ad campaign for the chosen KPI based on its analysis of a series of signals, such as video player size, geography, publisher, content category, length of video, browser type and viewer data.  VideoHub performs an analysis on every video stream, including the ability to scan and categorize content by analyzing the audio track and certain visual elements, and optimizes delivery of the campaign for the selected KPI by directing advertising spend towards video ad inventory that is more likely to perform.  For instance, if a client chooses to optimize a video ad campaign for engagement, VideoHub will continuously track and analyze the signals described above to determine which signals are most correlated with achieving a high engagement rate and direct campaign spend towards video ad inventory that meet these criteria.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

·                   All-screen optimization.   Our all-screen optimization solution for in-stream video advertising enables brand advertisers to select a single campaign goal and VideoHub will optimize delivery of the campaign across the Tremor Video Network to find the right viewer wherever they may be watching video, whether on computers, tablets, smartphones or connected TVs, thus eliminating the need to allocate campaign budgets to a specific device.

 

·                   Advanced Analytics.  We provide advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools through an intuitive and customizable user interface, relieving them from the need to integrate and support multiple, disparate technologies, including:

 

·                         Ad performance transparency.   VideoHub offers advertisers transparency into the workings of its decision engine so that they can understand what signals are driving the performance of their video ad campaigns. These insights into campaign performance can not only inform future online advertising decisions but also influence offline advertising decisions.

 

·                         Viewability .   VideoHub tracks the number of impressions served to a specific publisher site and whether a video ad placement is fully, partially, or not visible to a viewer, which we refer to as viewability. With this functionality, advertisers know where an ad campaign is running and can validate that their video ads are viewable.

 

·                         Cross-site measurement .   Our proprietary measurement tools enable advertisers to compare video inventory quality across digital media properties by measuring attributes such as viewability, the size of the video player and ad completion rate. When coupled with pricing information, these insights help advertisers compare the relative value of video inventory across publishers.

 

·                         TV buying and measurement.    VideoHub provides advertisers and agencies access to metrics that measure audience reach and frequency of viewing by a particular audience similar to what is used in the television industry, including integrated Nielsen reporting.  These functions help brand advertisers unify the planning and measurement of TV and online video advertising campaigns.

 

·                   Advanced ad formats.   Our proprietary ad formats give brand advertisers the ability to create a more engaging experience across multiple internet-connected devices, allowing viewers to interact with an ad and explore additional content within the ad itself, driving increased awareness and time spent with an ad.

 

·                   Programmatic integrations.   Our technology is directly integrated with a number of third-party exchanges, supply side platforms and demand side platforms, creating a robust ecosystem of programmatic demand and inventory supply sources.  These server-to-server integrations enable clients of our DSP to dynamically purchase individual ad impressions across a broad inventory pool utilizing RTB technology as well as through private marketplaces that connect advertisers directly to publishers.  In addition, through integrated programmatic demand sources, advertisers are able to programmatically bid on and buy inventory on our SSP.

 

·                   Integrated Technology Partners.  In addition to our proprietary technology, VideoHub is integrated with a suite of third-party technologies, including data management platforms to enhance audience targeting and reporting, as well as third-party technologies that offer solutions to prevent objectionable or fraudulent ad placements and provide independent placement verification and reporting services.  By offering access to these integrated technologies through a single platform, we reduce complexities faced by advertisers utilizing multiple technology providers.

 

We enable advertisers to achieve their brand performance goals through online video advertising in whatever manner they want to transact, whether through our Tremor Video Network as a managed service or through our programmatic solutions, including our DSP and SSP.

 

Tremor Video Network.  We provide the Tremor Video Network as a managed service, with our team of specialists managing the execution of an advertising campaign, from advising on pre-flight planning through post-campaign reporting and analysis.  Through the Tremor Video Network we deliver:

 

·                   Optimization across screens at scale in brand safe environments.   The Tremor Video Network delivers scale and reach across multiple internet-connected devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets, and connected TVs,

 

6



Table of Contents

 

enabling our clients to use our solutions to address their online video advertising needs across screens. Brand advertisers using our all-screen optimization solution are able to choose a single campaign goal and VideoHub will optimize delivery of the campaign across the Tremor Video Network to find the right viewer wherever they may be watching video, thus eliminating the need to allocate campaign budgets to a specific device.  We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to high performing content in a brand safe environment. We often partner with premium publishers on an exclusive basis, meaning that only we and the publisher’s direct sales force are able to sell their video ad inventory.

 

·                   Innovative pricing models.   We offer innovative brand performance-based pricing for in-stream video advertising that allow advertisers to purchase measurable brand results, such as:

 

·                   CPE pricing, where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers’ campaigns, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds;

·                   CPV&C pricing, where we are only compensated when a video ad is both completed and viewable by the viewer for the duration of the ad;

·                   Cost per video completion, or CPVC, pricing, where we are compensated only when viewers complete the video ad;

·                   Cost per brand-shift, or CPS, pricing, where we are compensated only when a campaign results in a positive shift in the consumer’s favorability or intent towards a brand; and

·                   Cost per conquest, or CPQ, pricing, where we are compensated only when a consumer’s intent is shifted away from a competing brand.

 

We believe that advertisers are attracted to our performance-based pricing models because these models more closely tie advertising spend to actual campaign performance.

 

Programmatic Solutions.  In 2014, we introduced to market our DSP, which enables advertisers and agencies to efficiently plan, buy, optimize and measure video ad campaigns through an intuitive and customizable user interface.   Our DSP is able to optimize programmatic video buys across a broad spectrum of brand marketing goals — from audience reach to more sophisticated goals such as engagement, brand lift and viewability.  Our DSP is directly integrated with a number of video ad inventory sources, enabling the dynamic purchase of individual ad impressions utilizing RTB technology as well as through private marketplaces that connect advertisers directly to publishers.  In the first quarter of 2015, we also introduced to market our SSP, which helps publishers maximize the value of their video inventory by enabling their programmatic sales efforts and automating workflow.  Publishers using our SSP can make inventory available to advertisers through an open exchange, where demand sources bid on inventory in a robust auction environment, or through private marketplaces so that only selected advertisers have the opportunity to purchase video ad inventory. Advertisers connect with publishers on our SSP through our DSP as well as third-party demand side platforms that are integrated with our technology.

 

Clients

 

Advertisers and Agencies

 

We have built relationships with advertisers and agencies of all sizes. Revenue contribution from individual brand advertisers varies from period to period.  We do not believe our business is substantially dependent upon any individual advertiser as no individual advertiser represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2014, 2013 or 2012.  We maintain close relationships directly with brand advertisers and we consider them to be our clients, as the video ad campaigns we run are those of the advertiser and we work closely with them to execute their video ad campaigns. However, we primarily market and sell our solutions to advertising agencies on behalf of their advertiser clients, including agency trading desks that often access our solutions programmatically. These agencies and agency trading desks either contract directly with us or act through intermediaries such as demand side platforms or exchanges.

 

We provide the Tremor Video Network as a managed service, with our team of specialists managing the execution of an advertising campaign, from advising on pre-flight planning through post-campaign reporting and analysis.  In 2014, these managed campaigns accounted for substantially all of our video advertising revenue.  For managed campaigns, we typically contract through insertion orders directly with the advertising agencies, agency trading desks or agency holding companies representing advertisers.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

However, brand advertisers are ultimately responsible to us for all contractual payment obligations.  Insertion orders set forth campaign parameters such as size and duration of the campaign, type of video ad format, devices on which the campaign will run, the KPI for which to optimize performance and the desired pricing model. Prior to running a campaign, an advertiser and its agency often work with our creative team to provide the creative design and direction of the campaign.

 

More recently, as the online video advertising market has evolved, advertisers have begun to adopt programmatic solutions for purchasing video advertising campaigns.  In 2014, we introduced to market a DSP that enables agencies to efficiently plan, buy, optimize and measure video ad campaigns.  Clients of our DSP are able to set campaign goals and advertising spend parameters for a given campaign through an intuitive and customizable user interface, and our technology dynamically bids on and purchases inventory with the goal of optimizing campaign performance and maximizing return on spend.  Typically, we enter into master services agreements with advertising agencies or agency trading desks that govern their use of our DSP.   Prior to running campaigns on our DSP, an advertiser and its agency may also work with our creative team to provide the creative design and direction of the campaign.

 

We also offer advertisers the ability to purchase video advertising inventory through third-party demand side platforms that are integrated directly with our SSP.  Prior to integrating our technology with a given demand side platform, we will generally enter into a master services agreement with the demand side platform that governs the purchasing of inventory on our SSP.  Campaigns running through third-party demand side platforms do not utilize VideoHub technology for optimizing campaign delivery; rather, the demand side platform will bid on inventory using its own decision engine.  While the third-party demand side platform is responsible for bidding decisions, the overall direction of the advertising spend, including the campaign parameters and eligible inventory sources, is typically determined by the advertiser or advertising agency.  We generally bill third-party demand side platforms directly for any video inventory that they purchase on behalf of advertisers and agencies on our SSP.

 

Publisher Partners

 

Publishers provide us with the video content within which we deliver video advertising campaigns on behalf of our advertiser clients.  We often partner with premium publishers on an exclusive basis. We consider a premium publisher to be a publisher that has professionally produced content, offers a quality video viewing experience, including size and placement of the video player, and delivers strong brand-centric performance results to brand advertisers.  We enter into agreements with our exclusive publisher partners that typically have a one year term and provide for a minimum fill rate, or a percentage of video ad inventory made available by the publisher to the Tremor Video Network that we must utilize in a given month, at a fixed cost per thousand impressions, or CPM. The scope of these exclusive relationships varies, with some publishers imposing geographical, device or inventory type limitations.  A publisher’s direct sales force may continue to sell their video ad inventory to advertisers or agencies. With respect to our non-exclusive publishers, we purchase video ad inventory on an as needed basis at a fixed CPM.

 

Publishers also make inventory available to advertisers through our proprietary SSP.  Our SSP helps publishers maximize the value of their video inventory by enabling their programmatic sales efforts and automating workflow.  Publishers on our SSP can sell their video inventory through an open exchange, where demand sources bid on inventory in a robust auction environment, or through private marketplaces so that only selected advertisers have the opportunity to purchase video ad inventory. Advertisers connect with publishers on our SSP through our DSP as well as third-party demand side platforms and exchanges that are integrated with our technology.

 

In addition to our direct relationships with premium publishers, we have also partnered with third-party video supply side platforms, exchanges and networks in order to provide our advertiser clients with access to a broad and diverse inventory pool.  Our DSP is directly integrated with third-party supply side platforms, enabling the dynamic purchase of individual ad impressions utilizing RTB technology.

 

Technology and Development

 

Our technology and development efforts are focused on significant investments in VideoHub, which powers all of our solutions.  As of December 31, 2014, we had a total of 105 employees engaged in technology and development functions. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, our total technology and development expenses were $17.0 million, $11.6 million, and $8.1 million, respectively.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Sales

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had total sales and marketing staff of 192 employees.  For 2014, 2013, and 2012, our total sales and marketing expenses were $42.6 million, $38.5 million, and $35.0 million, respectively.

 

Advertiser Sales

 

Our sales strategy is focused on targeting the most “video ready” brand advertisers, including those advertisers that are large television advertising spenders.

 

We also have developed and will continue to develop preferred relationships with key agency holding companies, advertising agencies and agency trading desks that position us to benefit from increased online video spending. Brand advertisers’ purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies and the sales process therefore can be time-consuming. We have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our brand advertisers, agencies and agency holding companies.

 

Our Tremor Video Network focused sales force is structured around core vertical markets, including automotive, CPG, entertainment, technology and telecommunications, retail and financial services.  Sales executives and account managers are assigned to specific advertisers to oversee relationships on a managed service basis.  Our team of specialists provides guidance throughout the campaign process from launch to post campaign review, and our creative team will often work with advertisers to create innovative ad campaigns that are specifically suited for in-stream video viewing and optimizing viewer engagement.

 

Our DSP focused sales team is responsible for client acquisition, account management and overall market awareness of our DSP solution.  We also maintain a sales team that is focused on increasing spend from advertisers through third-party demand side platforms that are integrated with our SSP.

 

We generally locate sales and marketing personnel across the United States to align with the geographies of our advertisers and agencies.

 

Publisher Development

 

Our publisher initiatives utilize a full-service development and support strategy. Our team of publisher development professionals is responsible for ensuring that we are meeting the ongoing needs of our publishers throughout the duration of the relationship, and is supported by engineers with deep technical expertise. We invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetizing their inventory with us.  More recently, our publisher team has focused on fostering adoption and overall market awareness of our SSP solution.  This relationship building process can be time consuming and we have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our publisher partners.

 

Competition

 

We operate in a dynamic and competitive market, influenced by trends in both the overall advertising market as well as the online video advertising industry. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because our market is in an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations. We compete with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising technology companies, advertising networks, demand side platforms, supply side platforms and exchanges, some of which transact programmatically. We also compete for advertiser spending with large publishers who rely on their own sales organizations to attract brand advertisers across their properties.

 

In the traditional media space, our primary competitors for advertising spend are mainly TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers. Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Google Inc., Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, AOL Inc. and Yahoo! Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. Many of these competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

 

·              proven technology and optimization capabilities;

 

9



Table of Contents

 

·              pricing;

 

·              quality and scale of online video inventory;

 

·              depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers;

 

·              multi-channel capabilities;

 

·              brand-centric measurement;

 

·              ability to ensure brand safety; and

 

·              transparency into ad performance and placement.

 

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors and that we are well positioned as a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions to brand advertisers.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and our technology will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property and protect our proprietary technology.  We currently own two issued U.S. patents that expire in 2028 and 2031, respectively, and one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain, that expires in 2029. Additionally, we currently own seven pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and one pending PCT international application, although there can be no assurance that any of these patent applications will ultimately be issued a patent.  We register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as “Tremor Video.” We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties, with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. We also use measures designed to control access to our technology and proprietary information. We view our trade secrets and know-how as a significant component of our intellectual property assets, which we believe differentiate us from our competitors.

 

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our intellectual property, our efforts may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property or technology by others. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property is difficult. Third-parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain our proprietary technology, or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized disclosure by our employees, contractors or other third-parties could also occur. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we operate and the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any impairment or loss of our intellectual property, or any inability to enforce our intellectual property rights effectively, could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our technology and intellectual property is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property or technology could make it more expensive for us to do business and could harm our operating results.

 

Additionally, we expect that products in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement lawsuits as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We have faced, and expect to face in the future claims by third-parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other entities. In the future, we, or our clients, may be the subject of legal proceedings alleging that our solutions or underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Governmental Regulation; Industry Alliances

 

We are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations that are applicable to companies engaged in the online video advertising business, including video advertising on mobile devices. In addition, many areas of law that apply to our business are still evolving, and could potentially affect our business to the extent they restrict our business practices or impose a greater risk of liability. We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy or data security related laws.

 

Privacy

 

Privacy and data protection laws and regulations play a significant role in our business. In the United States, at both the state and federal level, there are laws that govern activities such as the collection, use and disclosure of data by companies like us. Online advertising activities in the United States have primarily been subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, which has regularly relied upon Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or Section 5, to enforce against unfair and deceptive trade practices. Section 5 has been the primary regulatory tool used to enforce against alleged violations of consumer privacy interests. In addition, our solutions reach devices and users throughout the world, including in Australia, North America, South America, Europe and Asia. As a result, some of our activities may also be subject to the laws of foreign jurisdictions. In particular, European data protection laws can be more restrictive regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of data than those in the United States. As we continue to expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

 

Additionally, U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict industry participants’ ability to collect, augment, analyze, use and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online or by redefining the types of information that constitute personal information and non-personal information.  The European Union, or EU, and some EU member states have already implemented legislation and regulations requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements.  We sometimes use precise location information for the purpose of better targeting online or mobile advertisements.  The use of precise location information is of significant interest to regulators and legislators and new regulations or legislation may impose additional restrictions and/or costs upon us in the future.  It remains a possibility that additional legislation and regulations may be passed or otherwise issued other than in relation to precise location information in the future. We also participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising and allow them to opt-out from the use of data we collect for the delivery of targeted advertising. The rules and policies of the self-regulatory programs that we participate in are updated from time to time and may impose additional restrictions upon us in the future.

 

Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws or regulations pertaining to privacy or data protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others.

 

In December 2011, the FTC issued an order in connection with the resolution of allegations that from April 2007 until September 2009, before we acquired ScanScout, Inc., or ScanScout, ScanScout’s privacy policy was deceptive with respect to cookies and consumers’ ability to opt-out from data collection. The order requires that we do not misrepresent the extent to which data from or about a particular user or the user’s online activities is collected, used, disclosed, or shared, or the extent to which users may exercise control over the collection, use, disclosure, or sharing of data collected from or about them, their computers or devices, or their online activities. It also requires that we: (1) notify users that our websites collect information for the purpose of sending targeted advertisements, along with a hyperlink to an opt-out mechanism, (2) include a hyperlink to such opt-out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to display advertisements; (3) undertake reasonable efforts to develop and implement a hyperlink to such opt out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to video advertisements; and (4) engage in recordkeeping and reporting obligations. The obligations under the order remain in effect until the latter of December 14, 2031, or the date 20 years after the date, if any, on which the U.S. government or the FTC files a complaint in federal court alleging any violation of the order. A violation of the order could lead to an FTC action for civil penalties. In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of “Flash” cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Advertising

 

Even though we generally receive certain contractual protections from our advertisers with respect to their video ads, we may nevertheless be subject to regulations concerning the content of ads. Federal and state laws governing intellectual property or other third-party rights could apply to the content of ads we place. Laws and regulations regarding unfair and deceptive advertising, sweepstakes, advertising to children, and other consumer protection regulations, may also apply to the ads we place on behalf of clients.

 

Industry Alliances

 

Given the developmental stage of video advertising, industry practices are rapidly evolving. We are participating members of the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, including the DAA Principles and Communications Advisory Committee, which oversees the DAA and its working groups. We also participate in a wide range of Interactive Advertising Bureau (“IAB”) committees, councils and working groups, such as the IAB Public Policy Council, the Networks and Exchanges Committee and the Digital Video Committee, as well as other industry groups that are focused on establishing best practices for the online video advertising industry.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had 339 employees, of which 105 were primarily engaged in technology and development functions, 192 were engaged in sales and marketing functions, and 42 were engaged in general and administrative functions. Substantially all of these employees are located in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

Information about Segment and Geographic Revenue

 

Information about segment and geographic revenue is set forth in “Note 17 — Segment and Geographic Information” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

Corporate Information

 

Tremor Video, Inc. was originally organized as Tremor Media, LLC in November 2005 and converted into a corporation named “Tremor Media, Inc.” under the laws of the State of Delaware in September 2006. We changed our name to Tremor Video, Inc. in June 2011.

 

Available Information

 

Our website is located at www.tremorvideo.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://investor.tremorvideo.com. The contents of our website are not intended to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only. The following filings are available for download free of charge through our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file them with the SEC: Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to such reports and all other filings pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act. Additionally, copies of materials filed by us with the SEC may be accessed at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at www.sec.gov. For information about the SEC’s Public Reference Room, contact 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

The following is a summary description of some of the material risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, including our future financial and operational results.  In addition to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following statements should be carefully considered in evaluating us.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

Because our business model is continuing to develop, our past operating results may not be indicative of future performance, and our future operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

 

We were formed in November 2005 and have a limited operating history.  For fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, our total revenue was $159.5 million, $131.8 million and $105.2 million, respectively.  Although we have experienced significant growth in revenue generation in recent periods, our relatively short operating history and developing business model make it difficult to assess our future prospects.  The success of our business faces a number of challenges, including:

 

·                          continuing to innovate and improve the technologies that enable us to provide our solutions;

 

·                          maintaining and expanding our existing relationships, and developing new relationships with, brand advertisers and premium publishers;

 

·                          increasing the level of spending by our brand advertisers;

 

·                          developing market acceptance for our programmatic solutions, including our DSP and SSP;

 

·                          the growth, evolution and rate of adoption of industry standards;

 

·                          offering competitive pricing to brand advertisers;

 

·                          offering competitive rates to premium publishers;

 

·                          offering competitive pricing to our prospective DSP and SSP clients;

 

·                          delivering online video advertising campaign performance results that are superior to those that brand advertisers receive through the use of competing providers or technologies;

 

·                          competing effectively against traditional and online media companies to increase our share of brand advertising spend;

 

·                          ensuring that our clients’ video ads are shown in brand-safe environments;

 

·                          maintaining and increasing the value of our brand and goodwill with brand advertisers and premium publishers;

 

·                          effectively controlling our costs as we grow our business;

 

·                          responding to evolving government regulations relating to the internet, telecommunications, privacy, marketing and advertising aspects of our business; and

 

·                          identifying, attracting, retaining and motivating qualified personnel.

 

Our ability to meet these challenges will help determine whether we can successfully leverage our business model to achieve profitability and growth in the future.  We cannot assure our ability to achieve this goal, to generate consistent and improving operating results, or even to maintain the same level of success that we have had to date.  If we fail to meet these challenges, our operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

 

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

 

We have incurred operating losses since we were formed and expect to incur operating losses in the future.  We incurred net losses of $23.5 million, $13.5 million, and $16.6 million in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $134.4 million and $110.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which included a $15.8 million deemed dividend related to the conversion of our Series F preferred stock in fiscal 2013 in connection with the closing of our IPO.  We do not know if we will be able to achieve profitability or maintain profitability on a continued basis.  Although our revenue has increased substantially in recent periods, we may not be able to maintain this rate of revenue growth.  We anticipate that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we scale our business and expand our operations.  In particular, we plan to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts and sales and marketing efforts and further increase the number of our DSP- and SSP-focused sales and marketing professionals.  We also expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of operating as a public company.  Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control.  We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Unfavorable conditions in the global economy or the vertical markets we serve could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

 

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant instability in recent years.  These conditions make it extremely difficult for brand advertisers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our brand advertisers to reduce or delay their advertising spending.  Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spending.  If macroeconomic conditions deteriorate, advertisers may curtail or freeze spending on advertising in general and for solutions such as ours specifically.  Furthermore, our contracts and relationships with advertising agencies on behalf of advertisers generally do not include long-term obligations requiring them to purchase our solutions and are cancelable upon short or no notice and without penalty.  Any reduction in advertising spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.  In addition, our business may be materially and adversely affected by weak economic conditions in the specific vertical markets that we serve.

 

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery.  In addition, even if the overall economy improves, we cannot assure you that the market for online video advertising solutions will experience growth or that we will experience growth.

 

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology and client needs, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

 

Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate.  To attract new brand advertisers and increase spend by existing brand advertisers, we will need to expand and enhance our solutions to meet client needs, add functionality and address technological advancements.  If we fail to develop new solutions that address brand advertiser needs, or enhance and improve our solutions in a timely manner or conform to industry standards, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our solutions, and our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

 

Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies.  If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver video advertising solutions at lower prices or more efficiently or effectively than our solutions, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.  For example, the online video advertising industry is shifting, in part, towards programmatic buying solutions.  Programmatic buying is the automated purchase of digital advertising inventory through technology, including real time bidding technology, which allows for the dynamic purchase and sale of advertising inventory on an impression-by-impression basis.    If our recently introduced programmatic solutions are not considered effective, or if there is a delay or failure of the market to adopt our solutions, our business and growth prospects could be harmed as advertisers may increasingly rely on programmatic channels to transact online video advertising spend. Moreover, even if our programmatic solutions experience significant adoption, such adoption may occur at the expense of our traditional managed service model that we offer through the Tremor Video Network.

 

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive and fragmented, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

 

The online video advertising market is highly competitive.  We compete with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising technology companies, advertising networks, demand side platforms, supply side platforms and exchanges, some of which transact programmatically.  They, or other companies that offer competing advertising solutions, may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with brand advertisers, ad agencies, agency holding companies or publishers, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solutions and generate revenue.  Competitive pressures could require us to reduce the prices we charge advertisers or increase the prices we pay to publishers.  For example, the online video advertising industry may experience price erosion due to increased adoption of automated of ad buying.

 

In the traditional media space, our primary competitors are mainly TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers, many of which also have a digital presence.  Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Google, Inc., Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, AOL Inc. and Yahoo! Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying.  Many of these competitors and potential competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have and may be less severely affected by changes in consumer preferences, regulations or other developments that may impact the online video advertising industry as a whole.

 

Our business may suffer to the extent that advertisers and publishers purchase and sell online video advertising directly from each other or through other companies that are able to become intermediaries between advertisers and publishers.  New technologies and methods of buying advertising present a dynamic competitive challenge, as market participants offer multiple new products and

 

14



Table of Contents

 

services aimed at capturing advertising spend such as analytics, programmatic buying and bundled offline and online video advertising.  If the market shifts towards such new technologies and we are unable to either provide such solutions in a compelling manner or otherwise compete with such shift in ad spending, we may incur increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share.  If there is a delay in, or failure to adopt, our programmatic solutions our business and growth prospects could be harmed.

 

We believe we compete for brand advertiser spend primarily on the basis of proven technology and optimization capabilities, pricing, quality and scale of online video inventory, depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers, multi-channel capabilities, brand-centric measurement, ability to ensure brand safety and transparency into ad performance and placement.  Our competitors or potential competitors may adopt certain aspects of our business model, which could reduce our ability to differentiate our solutions.  As market dynamics change, or new campaign purchasing patterns arise, or as new and existing competitors introduce more competitive pricing or new or disruptive technologies, we may be unable to maintain our brand advertisers’ existing spend with us, renew our agreements with existing exclusive premium publishers, or attract new advertisers or publishers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as previously used.  As a result, we may be required to change our pricing models, introduce new pricing models and incur additional expenses in response to competitive pressures, which could harm our revenue, profitability and operating results.  For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

 

We operate in a new and rapidly evolving industry.  If the online video advertising industry does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

 

Online video advertising is an emerging industry, and future demand and market acceptance for online video advertising is uncertain.  Many brand advertisers have limited experience with online brand advertising, generally, and online video advertising specifically, and may continue to devote more significant portions of their advertising budgets to traditional, offline-based advertising, such as television and print, and may not shift or devote significant portions of their advertising budgets to online video advertising.  Additionally, we compete for online advertising spend with other products and technologies such as search, display and in-banner video as well as advertising networks and exchanges.

 

We believe that the continued growth and acceptance of online video ad spending by brand advertisers generally will depend on the perceived effectiveness and the acceptance of our solutions, which are still emerging and evolving, and the continued growth in commercial use of online media, as well as other factors.  Additionally, brand advertisers may find online video advertising to be less effective than traditional offline channels, such as television, newspapers, radio and billboards, or other online methods for promoting their products and services, and they may reduce their spending on online video advertising from current levels as a result.  Accordingly, if the market for online video advertising deteriorates, or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

 

If the market for our all-screen optimization solution develops more slowly than we expect, or fails to develop, then our operating results and growth prospects may be adversely affected.

 

In April 2014, we announced the launch of an all-screen optimization solution for in-stream video advertising. Using this solution, brand advertisers can select a single campaign goal and VideoHub will optimize delivery of the campaign to find the right viewer wherever they may be watching video, whether on computers, tablets, smartphones or connected TVs.  Because our all-screen solution has only recently been introduced to the market, the future demand and acceptance for this solution is uncertain and will likely depend on its perceived effectiveness by brand advertisers and agencies.   If the market for our all-screen solution develops more slowly than we expect, or fails to develop, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

 

If the market for our programmatic solutions develops more slowly than we expect, or fail to develop, then our operating results and growth prospects may be adversely affected.

 

To complement our current offerings, we recently introduced programmatic solutions for brand advertisers and premium publishers.  In 2014, we introduced to market a DSP for brand performance that enables advertisers and agencies to efficiently plan buy, optimize and measure video ad campaigns through an intuitive and customizable user interface.   In the first quarter of 2015, we also introduced to market a supply side platform, or SSP, for premium publishers, which helps publishers maximize the value of their video inventory by enabling their programmatic sales efforts and automating workflow.  Publishers using our SSP can make inventory available to advertisers through an open exchange, where demand sources bid on inventory in a robust auction environment, or through private marketplaces so that only selected advertisers have the opportunity to purchase video ad inventory.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

These solutions are still developing, and the future demand and acceptance for these solutions is uncertain and will likely depend on their perceived effectiveness by brand advertisers, agencies and publishers.  In addition, the success of our programmatic solutions are dependent, in part, on our ability to integrate our technology with third-party SSPs, DSPs and exchanges that either provide inventory or serve as demand sources through which advertisers and agencies transact.  These integration efforts are often costly and time consuming, and can present technological challenges.  In addition, many of these third-parties also compete with us for advertising spend.  If we fail to integrate our technology with these third-parties or if there is a delay in our integration efforts it could negatively impact the effectiveness of and market for our solutions.  If the market for our programmatic solutions develops more slowly than we expect, or fails to develop, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network.  Due to the concentration in our revenue, we are potentially subject to greater risks than more diversified companies.  Additionally, we may develop other solutions from time to time, such as our recently introduced programmatic solutions, but there can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these solutions or that a market will develop for them.  As a result, we expect to be substantially dependent upon revenue generated from managed campaigns run on the Tremor Video Network for the foreseeable future.  Due to our limited historical experience, we may not be able to accurately predict future usage trends.

 

We may be unable to retain key advertisers, attract new advertisers or replace departing advertisers with advertisers that can provide comparable revenue to us.

 

Our success requires us to maintain and expand our relationships with our existing brand advertisers, including the ad agencies that represent them, and to develop new relationships with other brand advertisers and ad agencies.  Our contracts and relationships with advertising agencies on behalf of advertisers generally do not include long-term obligations requiring them to purchase our solutions and are cancelable upon short or no notice and without penalty.  As a result, we have limited visibility as to our future advertising revenue streams from our advertisers.

 

Our advertisers’ usage may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·                   the performance of their video ad campaigns and their perception of the efficacy and efficiency of their advertising spend through our solutions;

 

·                   changes in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending priorities;

 

·                   our access to premium inventory;

 

·                   our ability to serve video ad campaigns in brand safe environments;

 

·                   our ability to deliver video ad campaigns in full, i.e., our ability to serve each requested impression;

 

·                   their satisfaction with our solutions and our client support;

 

·                   the ability of our optimization algorithms underlying our solutions to deliver better rates of return on video ad spend dollars than competing solutions;

 

·                   seasonal patterns in advertisers’ spending, which tend to be discretionary;

 

·                   the pricing of our or competing solutions; and

 

·                   reductions in spending levels or changes in brand advertisers’ strategies regarding video advertising spending.

 

If a major advertiser decides to materially reduce its advertising spend through the Tremor Video Network, it could do so on short or no notice, which could impair our operating results.  We cannot assure that our advertisers will continue to use the Tremor Video Network or that we will be able to replace in a timely or effective manner departing advertisers with new advertisers from whom we generate comparable revenue.  Any non-renewal, cancellation or deferral of large advertising contracts, or a number of contracts that

 

16



Table of Contents

 

in the aggregate account for a significant amount of revenue, could cause an immediate and significant decline in our revenue and harm our business.

 

We may be unable to deliver advertising in a brand safe environment, which could harm our reputation and cause our business to suffer.

 

It is important to brand advertisers that advertisements not be placed in or near content that is unlawful or would be deemed offensive or inappropriate by their customers. Unlike advertising on other mediums, online content can be more unpredictable, and we cannot guarantee that advertisements will appear in a brand safe environment. If we are not successful in delivering ads in a brand safe environment, our reputation could suffer and our ability to attract potential advertisers and retain and expand business with existing advertisers could be harmed, or our customers may seek to avoid payment or demand refunds, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

 

Activities of our advertising clients with which we do business could damage our reputation or give rise to legal claims against us.

 

Failure of our advertising clients to comply with federal, state, local or foreign laws or our policies could damage our reputation and expose us to liability under these laws. We may also be liable to third-parties for content in the ads we deliver if the content violates intellectual property rights of third-parties or if the content is in violation of applicable laws. A third-party or regulatory authority may file a claim against us even if our advertising client has represented that its ads are lawful and that they have the right to use any intellectual property included in an ad. Any of these claims could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could also hurt our reputation. Further, if we are exposed to legal liability, we could be required to pay substantial fines or penalties, redesign our business methods, discontinue some of our solutions or otherwise expend significant resources.

 

If an advertiser fails to pay for ad requests that we have fulfilled, we would still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory.

 

We purchase video ad inventory from our publishers to connect our advertiser clients with engaged audiences.  If advertisers fail to pay for ad requests we have filled, we would generally still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory.  Any significant failure by advertisers to pay us could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We are highly dependent on advertising agencies and their holding companies as intermediaries, and this may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain business.

 

Our business focuses on brand advertisers that rely upon advertising agencies in planning and purchasing advertising.  Although we maintain relationships with the owners of brands, we do not contract with them directly.  Instead, we sell to advertising agencies that utilize our solutions on behalf of their clients.  Each advertising agency allocates advertising spend from brand advertisers across numerous channels.  We do not have exclusive relationships with advertising agencies and we depend on agencies to work with us as they embark on marketing campaigns for brands.

 

If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the brand advertisers represented by that agency.  If the advertising agency is owned by a holding company, this risk is magnified because we also risk losing business from the other agencies owned by such holding company and the brand advertisers those agencies represent.  Consolidation among agency holding companies could increase this risk.  Because advertising agencies act as intermediaries for multiple brand advertisers, our client base is more concentrated than might be reflected by the number of brand advertisers that run campaigns through our solutions.

 

Further, our revenue could be adversely impacted by industry changes relating to the use of advertising agencies.  For example, if brand advertisers seek to bring their marketing campaigns in-house rather than using an advertising agency, we would need to enter agreements with the brand advertisers directly, which we might not be able to do and which could increase our sales and marketing expense.  Moreover, as a result of dealing primarily with advertising agencies, advertisers may attribute the value we provide to the advertising agency rather than to us, further limiting our ability to develop long term relationships directly with brand advertisers.  Brand advertisers may move from one advertising agency to another, and, accordingly, even if we have a positive relationship with an advertising agency, we may lose the underlying business when an advertiser switches to a new agency.  The presence of advertising agencies as intermediaries between us and the advertisers thus creates a challenge to building our own brand awareness and affinity with the advertisers that are the ultimate source of our revenue.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

In addition, advertising agencies that are our clients also offer or may offer some of the components of our solutions, including selling ad inventory through their own trading desks.  As such, these advertising agencies are, or may become, our competitors.  If they further develop their capabilities, they may be more likely to offer their own solutions to advertisers, and our ability to compete effectively could be compromised.

 

If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from performance-based advertising solutions, then our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

 

Our performance-based pricing models enable brand advertisers to only pay for advertising that “performed”.  Under performance-based pricing models, advertisers only pay us if the applicable performance metrics are satisfied. For example, with our cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing model we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers’ campaigns, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds.

 

The market for performance-based advertising solutions is evolving and has not yet been widely adopted by brand advertisers.  A significant portion of our revenue is generated from ad campaigns that are priced on a performance basis.  We believe performance-based pricing generally provides greater margins than CPM priced campaigns, because we are often able to serve our advertisers’ performance goals with a lower number of purchased impressions.  Historically, a larger portion of brand advertisers’ online advertising budgets have been based on the number of impressions served, such as cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, without regard to performance, and such advertisers may be reluctant or slow to adopt performance-based pricing solutions.  Additionally, we offer brand advertisers the ability to purchase campaigns on a CPM-basis with demo guarantees.  These campaigns have generally had lower gross margins than our performance-based pricing models as well as CPM-priced campaigns without demo guarantees.  Campaigns priced on a performance-basis or a CPM-basis with demo guarantees are subject to the risk that we may purchase ad inventory that we are unable to monetize if the purchased inventory does not perform for our advertisers.  If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from our performance-based advertising solutions, our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

 

If we fail to maintain or increase our access to premium advertising inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

 

Our success requires us to maintain and expand our access to premium video advertising inventory.  We do not own or control the video ad inventory upon which our business depends.  We purchase this ad inventory from our publishers generally either in exclusive one year agreements or by spot purchases.  These publishers are generally not required to provide us with a specified level of inventory, and we cannot assure you that our exclusive publishers will renew their agreements with us or continue to make their ad inventory available to us.  Publishers may seek to change the terms on which they offer inventory to us, including seeking an increase in the price we pay for inventory, or may elect to make advertising inventory available to our competitors who offer more favorable economic terms.  Furthermore, publishers may enter into exclusive relationships with our competitors, which preclude us from accessing their inventory.  In addition, we review our publishers and have removed, and may in the future remove, publishers from our network based on the quality of the inventory, the demographic reach of the inventory, viewer experience and our confidence in the integrity of their ad requests.  As a result of these factors, we may have limited visibility as to our future access to inventory from publishers or the terms on which such inventory will be made available.  If a publisher decides not to make video ad inventory available to us on acceptable terms or if we decide to remove a publisher from our network, we may not be able to replace this ad inventory with comparable ad inventory quickly enough to fulfill our brand advertisers’ requests.  If publishers seek an increase in the price we pay for video ad inventory, it could negatively impact our gross margin.  Additionally, with respect to CPM-priced campaigns sold with demo guarantees, if we are unable to access inventory targeted to the selected demographic on a cost-effective basis our margins could be adversely affected.

 

Publishers have a variety of channels in which to sell their video ad inventory, including direct sales forces and supply side platforms.  Under our exclusive arrangements, a publisher’s direct sales force may sell their own video ad inventory, and many of our exclusive publishers maintain significant direct sales forces.  Furthermore, the scope of exclusivity with respect to the third-party monetization of video ad inventory varies with publishers, with some publishers imposing geographical, device, or inventory type limitations.  Any increase in a publisher’s direct sales efforts may negatively impact our access to that publisher’s inventory.  Additionally, if publishers sell their non-exclusive inventory through supply side platforms, or if our competitors offer higher prices for their ad inventory, our ability to obtain ad inventory on a cost-effective basis may be affected.

 

If we are unable to maintain or increase our access to premium video ad inventory or if publishers seek to change the terms on which they offer us such inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to adequately satisfy the supply from our exclusive publishers with demand from our advertisers.

 

Substantially all of our exclusive publisher agreements obligate us to fill a specified percentage of the video ad inventory that they make available to us, which we refer to as an ad request.  In some cases, there is no cap on our fill obligation.  If we are unable to deliver ad campaigns to this inventory, we will bear the loss on those unfilled ad requests.  This risk can be magnified during certain times of the year when we see increased ad requests from our exclusive publishers coupled with reduced purchase demand from our advertisers.

 

Additionally, in order to satisfy our required fill obligations, we may have to serve less optimized inventory to our advertisers. This may negatively impact the performance of an ad campaign, which could particularly impact us with respect to our campaigns that are priced on a performance basis.  As a result, our margins may be negatively impacted even if we are able to fully satisfy the fill obligation.

 

Any significant failure to adequately match demand from our advertisers with supply from our publishers would harm our operating results.

 

If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact video ad campaign performance, we could lose the confidence of advertisers or agencies, which would cause our business to suffer.

 

Our business relies on effectively and efficiently delivering video ad campaigns for brand advertisers.  We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to fraudulent and malicious activities.  An example of such activities would be the use of bots, non-human traffic delivered by machines that are designed to simulate human users and artificially inflate user traffic on websites.  These activities could overstate the performance of any given video ad campaign and could harm our reputation.  It may be difficult to detect fraudulent or malicious activity because we do not own content and rely in part on our publisher partners for controls with respect to such activity.  While we assess the campaign performance on our publishers’ websites and have engaged third-parties to combat fraudulent and malicious activities, such assessments may not detect or prevent fraudulent or malicious activity.  Further, we may need to improve over time our processes for assessing the quality of publisher ad requests.  If fraudulent or other malicious activity is perpetrated by others, and we fail to detect or prevent it, the affected advertisers may experience or perceive a reduced return on their investment and our reputation may be harmed.  Fraudulent or malicious activity could lead to dissatisfaction with our solutions, refusals to pay, refund demands or withdrawal of future business.  If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact the performance of our video ad campaigns, we could lose the confidence of our advertisers or agencies, which could cause our business to suffer.

 

Our sales efforts with advertisers, agencies and publishers require significant time and expense.

 

Attracting new brand advertisers, ad agencies and premium publishers requires significant time and expense, and we may not be successful in establishing new relationships or in maintaining or advancing our current relationships.  For example, certain brand advertisers may have no or limited experience with online video advertising or may be unfamiliar with our solutions.  In addition, brand advertisers’ purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies.  The process of selling our solutions to brand advertisers and ad agencies can therefore be time-consuming.  With respect to our publishers, we often seek to establish exclusive long-term relationships to ensure access to premium content for our brand advertisers.  In addition, we are selling our recently launched SSP solution to publishers that use the platform to enable their direct programmatic sales efforts.  As a result, we invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetization of their inventory with us rather than with third-party media networks, exchanges and supply side platforms.  The relationship building process can take many months and may not result in us winning an opportunity with any given advertiser, agency or publisher.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Our technology and online video brand advertising are relatively new and often require us to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers and publishers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations and comparisons against other available services.  This process can be costly and time-consuming.  If we are not successful in streamlining our sales processes with advertisers and publishers, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected.

 

We experience fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

 

Our operating results have historically fluctuated and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control.  Period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.  Given our relatively short operating history and the rapidly evolving online video advertising industry, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results.

 

Factors that may affect our operating results include the following:

 

·                   changes in the economic prospects of advertisers, the industries we primarily serve, or the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending priorities, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales with advertisers;

 

·                   the addition of new advertisers or the loss of existing advertisers;

 

·                   changes in demand for our solutions, including our recently introduced DSP and SSP;

 

·                   changes in the amount, price and quality of available video advertising inventory from publishers;

 

·                   the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses incurred to attract new advertisers and publishers;

 

·                   the cancellation or delay of campaigns by brand advertisers;

 

·                   changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors or the pricing of online video advertising generally, including the relative mix of performance-priced campaigns, CPM-priced campaigns with demo guarantees, and CPM-priced campaigns without demo guarantees;

 

·                   timing differences at the end of each period between our payments to publishers for advertising inventory and our collection of advertising revenue related to that inventory; and

 

·                   costs related to acquisitions of other businesses.

 

Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods.  If this happens, even just temporarily, the market price of our common stock may fall.

 

Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature.

 

Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature and varies from quarter to quarter.  During the first quarter, brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending and our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us.  Under the terms of our contracts with exclusive publishers we are typically required to pay for a percentage of the ad requests delivered by such publishers, even if we are unable to deliver an ad to that inventory.  As a result, this combination may result in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year.  Our operating cash flows could also fluctuate materially from period to period as a result of these seasonal fluctuations

 

We have made and may make additional acquisitions that could entail significant execution, integration and operational risks.

 

As part of our business strategy, we have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, companies, technologies and solutions that we believe complement our business.  Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

·                   difficulties in integrating the technologies, solutions, operations, existing contracts and personnel of a target company;

 

20



Table of Contents

 

·                   difficulties in supporting and transitioning clients, if any, of a target company;

 

·                   diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations or alternative acquisition opportunities;

 

·                   failure to realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of a transaction;

 

·                   failure to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company, technology, or solution, including issues related to intellectual property, solution quality or architecture, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices or employee or client issues;

 

·                   risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

·                   potential loss of key employees, brand advertisers and publishers from either our current business or a target company’s business;

 

·                   inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; and

 

·                   possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.

 

In addition, we may incur indebtedness to complete an acquisition, which may impose operational limitations, or issue equity securities, which would dilute our stockholders’ ownership.  We may also unknowingly inherit liabilities from acquired businesses or assets that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities.  Additionally, acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results.

 

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.  The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address the risks described above could materially harm our business and financial results.

 

We have limited international operations and any future international expansion may expose us to several risks, such as difficulty adapting our solutions for international markets.

 

We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our solutions abroad.  During each of fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, substantially all of our revenue was generated in the United States.  While we have offices outside of North America in Singapore and the United Kingdom, substantially all of our operations are located in the United States.

 

Any future international expansion of our business will involve a variety of risks, including:

 

·                   localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices;

 

·                   unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

·                   differing labor regulations where labor laws may be more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States;

 

·                   more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;

 

·                   reluctance to allow personally identifiable data related to non-U.S. citizens to be stored in databases within the United States, due to concerns over the U.S. government’s right to access information in these databases or other concerns;

 

·                   changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

·                   challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

21



Table of Contents

 

·                   risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates;

 

·                   limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

·                   different or lesser intellectual property protection; and

 

·                   exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions.

 

Operating internationally requires significant management attention and financial resources.  We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing and expanding our international operations will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.  If we invest substantial time and resources to establish and expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

We have not engaged in currency hedging activities to limit risk of exchange rate fluctuations.  Changes in exchange rates affect our costs and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside the United States and the amount of our stockholders’ equity.

 

We intend to relocate our headquarters and we could experience unanticipated costs and disruptions to our operations in connection with our relocation.

 

On October 27, 2014, we entered into a lease for our new principal executive offices at 1501 Broadway, New York, New York, for approximately 51,000 square feet of office space.  The initial ten-year term of the lease commenced on January 7, 2015, and we are in the process of relocating from our existing principal executive offices in New York, New York to our new principal executive offices.  In connection with this relocation we could experience unexpected costs or disruptions to our operations and diversion of management attention.  Additionally, we are in the process of identifying a subtenant for our existing principal executive offices.  We may be unable to identify a subtenant for this office space on acceptable terms.  Even if we do identify a subtenant, if the subtenant is unable to meet its obligations under the sublease, we may remain responsible for the obligations under the lease.

 

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

 

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate.  In the future, we may need to raise additional funds to expand our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or to make acquisitions.  Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.  Our credit facility matures in December 2016, and we may be unable to renew the credit facility on terms that are acceptable to us.  If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund the expansion of our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities, which could harm our business and results of operations.  Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock.  Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings.  As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

 

Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

 

Our credit facility requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

·                   dispose of assets;

 

·                   complete mergers or acquisitions;

 

·                   incur indebtedness;

 

22



Table of Contents

 

·                   encumber assets;

 

·                   pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock;

 

·                   make specified investments;

 

·                   change certain key management personnel; and

 

·                   engage in transactions with our affiliates.

 

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies.  We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels.  If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lender could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under other debt instruments.

 

Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.  We may incur additional indebtedness in the future.  The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments.  If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods.  If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

 

We have expanded our revenue, solutions, scale, employee headcount and overall business operations in recent periods.  Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational, product development, sales and marketing, administrative, financial and other resources.  For instance, we expect to be substantially dependent on our direct sales force to obtain new clients, and we plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally, including with respect to our SSP-focused and DSP-focused sales teams.  Newly hired sales personnel may not become productive as quickly as we would like, or at all, thus representing increased operating costs and lost opportunities which in turn would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

If we do not manage our growth effectively, successfully forecast demand for our solutions or manage our expected expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed.  If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

 

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

 

In addition to the continued services of William Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer, we believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our senior management, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced technical and other personnel in the United States and abroad.  We do not have key person insurance on any of our executives.  All of our employees, including our senior management, are free to terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business, technology and industry may be difficult to replace.  In addition, we believe that our senior management has developed highly successful and effective working relationships.  If one or more of these individuals leave, we may not be able to fully integrate new executives or replicate the current dynamic and working relationships that have developed among our executive officers and other key personnel, and our operations could suffer.  Qualified technical personnel are in high demand, particularly in the digital media industry, and we may incur significant costs to attract them.  Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel also have greater resources than us.  Additionally, volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract employees and retain our key employees.  If we are unable to attract and retain our senior management and key employees, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

 

Defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our clients’ ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet or fulfill obligations with publishers.

 

The technology underlying our solutions, including our proprietary technology and technology provided by third-parties, may contain material defects or errors that can adversely affect our ability to operate our business and cause significant harm to our

 

23



Table of Contents

 

reputation.  This risk is compounded by the complexity of the technology underlying our solutions and the large amounts of data we utilize.  Errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems in our solutions could result in the incomplete or inaccurate delivery of an ad campaign, including serving an ad campaign in an incomplete or inaccurate manner, in an incorrect geographical location or in an environment that is detrimental to the advertiser’s brand health.  Any such failure, malfunction, or disruption in service could result in damage to our reputation, our advertising clients withholding payment to us, advertisers or publishers making claims or initiating litigation against us, and our giving credits to our advertiser clients toward future advertising spend.  In addition, the terms of our exclusive publisher agreements generally require us to pay for a percentage of the ad requests delivered by such publishers, even if we are unable to deliver our solutions due to disruptions in our technology.  As a result, defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our advertisers’ ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet our fill obligations with publishers.

 

System failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

 

Our success depends on the continuing and uninterrupted performance of our solutions, which we utilize to place video ads, monitor the performance of advertising campaigns, manage our advertising inventory and respond to publisher ad calls.  Our revenue depends on our ability deliver ads and measure campaigns on a real-time basis.  Sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt our ability to provide our solutions, including technological failures affecting our ability to deliver video ads quickly and accurately and to process viewers’ responses to ads or fill publisher ad requests, could significantly reduce the attractiveness of our solutions and reduce our revenue.  Our systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications failures, power outages, malicious human acts and natural disasters.  In addition, any steps we take to increase the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures.  Any such system failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

 

Security breaches, computer viruses and computer hacking attacks could harm our business and results of operations.

 

We collect, store and transmit information of, or on behalf of, our advertisers and publishers.  We take steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third-parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts.  Security breaches, computer malware and computer hacking attacks have become more prevalent in our industry and may occur on our systems or those of our information technology vendors in the future.  Any security breach caused by hacking, which involves efforts to gain unauthorized access to information or systems, or to cause intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, or the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses or other harmful software code could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, or loss of information, legal claims and litigation, indemnity obligations, regulatory fines and penalties, contractual obligations and liabilities, and other liabilities.  In addition, if our security measures or those of our vendors are breached or unauthorized access to consumer data otherwise occurs our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, and advertisers or publishers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions.

 

While we and our publishers have security measures in place, these systems and networks are subject to ongoing threats and, therefore, these security measures may be breached as a result of employee error, failure to implement appropriate processes and procedures, malfeasance, third-party action, including cyber-attacks or other international misconduct by computer hackers or otherwise.  This could result in one or more third-parties obtaining unauthorized access to our publishers’ or advertisers’ data or our data, including personally identifiable information or other viewer data, intellectual property and other confidential business information.  Third-parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our advertisers’ data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information.

 

Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures.  Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or breach, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our network infrastructure or otherwise to maintain the confidentiality, security, and integrity of data that we store or otherwise maintain on behalf of third-parties may harm our reputation and our relationships with advertisers, agencies or publishers or harm our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients.  Any of these could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If such unauthorized disclosure or access does occur, we may be required to notify our advertisers, agencies or publishers or those persons whose information was improperly used, disclosed or accessed.  We may also be subject to claims of breach of contract for such use or disclosure, investigation and penalties by regulatory authorities and potential claims by persons whose information was

 

24



Table of Contents

 

improperly used or disclosed.  The unauthorized use or disclosure of information may result in the termination of one or more of our commercial relationships or a reduction in advertiser, agency or publisher confidence and usage of our solutions.  We may also be subject to litigation and regulatory action alleging the improper use, transmission or storage of confidential information, which could damage our reputation among our current and potential clients, require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and cause us to lose business and revenue.

 

Even if we do not suffer a data security breach, the increase in the number and the scope of data security incidents has increased regulatory and industry focus on security requirements and heightened data security industry practices.  New regulation, evolving industry standards, and the interpretation of both, may cause us to incur additional expense in complying with any new data security requirements.  Further, any actual or perceived threats to the security of computers and computer networks, especially mobile devices and mobile networks, could lead existing and potential users to refrain from responding to services from our advertising clients.

 

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and other third-parties could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our business.

 

We currently utilize two third-party data center hosting facilities located in Boston, Massachusetts and Santa Clara, California to deliver our solutions.  All of our data storage and analytics are conducted on, and the video ad campaigns we deliver are processed through, servers in these facilities. We also rely on multiple bandwidth providers, multiple internet service providers, such as CDN providers and DNS providers, and mobile networks to deliver video ads.  In addition, we utilize two third-party data center hosting facilities located in Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York for corporate information technology communications, data storage, data processing and office automation.  Any damage to, or failure of, these systems within our third-party data hosting facilities or our other third-party providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our service.  If for any reason our arrangements with our data center hosting facilities or third-party providers are terminated, we could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology services and support.  In addition, the failure of our data center hosting facilities or any other third-party providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions in the availability or functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations.

 

The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close our third-party data center hosting facilities or the facilities of any third-party provider without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our solutions.  While we have disaster recovery arrangements in place, they have not been tested under actual disasters or similar events and may not effectively permit us to continue to provide our solutions in the event of any problems with respect to our data center hosting facilities or any other third-party facilities.  To date, we have not experienced these types of events, but we cannot provide any assurances that they will not occur in the future.  If any such event were to occur to our business, the delivery of our solutions could be impaired and our business harmed.

 

Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

 

We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  At December 31, 2014, we had approximately $155.5 million of U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards, or NOLs, and $6.8 million and $5.1 million related to our international subsidiaries in Germany and United Kingdom, respectively.  The U.S. federal net operating losses will expire in various years beginning in 2026.  Our foreign net operating loss carry-forwards can be carried forward without limitation in each respective country.  A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs.  In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income.  We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future.  In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law.  We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.  Our NOLs may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Our Data Collection and Intellectual Property

 

Our ability to generate revenue depends on our ability to collect and use significant amounts of data to deliver video ads, and any limitations on the collection and use of this data could significantly diminish the value of our solutions.

 

Our ability to optimize the placement and scheduling of video advertisements for our advertisers and to grow our revenue depends on our ability to successfully leverage data that we collect from our advertisers, publishers, and third-parties such as data providers.  Our ability to successfully leverage such data, in turn, depends on our ability to collect and obtain rights to utilize such data.

 

When we deliver a video ad, we are often able to collect anonymous information about the placement of the video ad and the interaction of the user with the video ad.  We currently employ cookies and other tracking technologies to conduct online video ad campaigns.  These tracking technologies are used to collect information related to the consumer, such as demographic information and history of the consumer’s interactions with our advertisers’ and our publishers’ websites, and any video ads we deliver.  We may also be able to collect information about the user’s location.  As we collect and aggregate this data provided by billions of video ad impressions, we analyze it in order to optimize the placement and delivery of video ads across the advertising inventory provided to us by publishers.  For example, we may use the collected information to limit the number of times a specific video ad is presented to the user, to provide a video ad to only certain types of users, or to provide a report to an advertiser or publisher regarding the performance of an advertising campaign or inventory, respectively.

 

Risks Related to Data Collected from Consumers

 

We participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and other tracking technologies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising.  In addition, consumers can currently opt out of the placement or use of our cookies for online targeted advertising purposes by either deleting or disabling cookies on their browsers, visiting websites that allow consumers to place an opt-out cookie on their browsers, which instructs advertisers and their service providers not to use certain data about the consumer’s online activity for the delivery of targeted advertising, or by downloading browser plug-ins and other tools that can be set to: (1) identify cookies and other tracking technologies used on websites; (2) prevent websites from placing third-party cookies and other tracking technologies on the consumer’s browser; or (3) block the delivery of online advertisements on websites and applications.

 

If consumer sentiment regarding privacy issues or the development and deployment of new browser solutions or other mechanisms that limit the use of cookies or other tracking technologies or data collected through use of such technologies results in a material increase in the number of consumers who choose to opt out or are otherwise using browsers where they need to, and fail to, configure the browser to accept cookies, our ability to collect valuable and actionable data would be impaired.  Consumers may become increasingly resistant to the collection, use, and sharing of information used to deliver targeted advertising and may take steps to prevent such collection and use of information.  Consumers may elect not to allow data collection, use, or sharing for targeted advertising for a number of reasons, such as privacy concerns or pricing mechanisms that may charge the user based upon the amount or types of data consumed on the device.  Consumers may also elect to opt out of receiving targeted advertising specifically from our solutions.

 

Risks Related to Data Collected from Publishers and Advertisers

 

In order to effectively operate our video advertising campaigns, we collect data from advertisers, publishers, and other third-parties.  If we are not able to obtain sufficient rights to data from these third-parties, we may not be able to utilize data in our solutions.  Although our arrangements with advertisers and publishers generally permit us to collect non-personally identifiable and aggregate data from advertising campaigns, some of our advertisers and publishers do not allow us to collect some or all of this data or limit our use of this data, and future advertisers and publishers may do so in the future.  For example, publishers may not agree to permit us to place our data collection tags on their sites or agree to provide us with the data generated by interactions with the content on their sites.  It would be difficult to comply with these requests, and to do so would cause us to spend significant amounts of resources.  It could also make it difficult for us to deliver effective advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

 

We and many of our advertisers and publishers voluntarily participate in several trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practice guidelines or codes of conduct addressing the delivery of promotional content to users, and tracking of users or devices for the purpose of delivering targeted advertising.  We could be adversely affected by changes to these guidelines and codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of U.S. or international regulatory authorities.  If we are perceived as not operating in accordance with industry best practices or any such guidelines or codes with regard to privacy, our reputation may suffer, we could lose relationships with advertisers or publishers, and we could be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others as described below.  Any limitation on our ability to collect data about user behavior and interaction with content could make it more difficult for us to deliver effective video advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to Data Collection Technology

 

Changes in device and software features and new technologies could make it easier for internet consumers to prevent the placement of cookies and other tracking technologies.  In particular, the default settings of consumer devices and software may be set to prevent the placement of tracking technologies unless the consumer actively elects to allow them.  On March 26, 2012, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, issued a report on consumer privacy, which calls for the development and implementation of a persistent Do Not Track mechanism to enable consumers to choose whether to allow the tracking of their online search and browsing activities.  Various industry participants have worked to develop and finalize standards relating to a Do Not Track mechanism, and while those efforts have not been successful to date, such standards may be implemented and adopted by industry participants restricting our use of cookies and other tracking technologies and, potentially, the efficacy of our services.

 

Network carriers, providers of mobile device operating systems, and device manufacturers may also impact our ability to collect data on internet-connected devices.  These carriers, operating system providers, and device manufacturers are increasingly promoting features that allow device users to disable some of the functionality of the device or its operating system, which may impair or disable the collection of data on their devices. Any interruptions, failures, or defects in our data collection, mining, analysis, and storage systems could limit our ability to aggregate and analyze user data from our clients’ advertising campaigns.  If that happens, we may not be able to optimize the placement of advertising for the benefit of our advertisers, which could make our solutions less valuable, and, as a result, we may lose clients and our revenue may decline.

 

If web, smartphones, tablet and connected TV devices, their operating systems or content distribution channels, including those controlled by our competitors, develop in ways that prevent our advertising from being delivered to their users, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

 

Our business model depends upon the continued compatibility of our solutions with most internet-connected devices across online, mobile, tablet and connected TV distribution channels, as well as the major operating systems that run on them.  The design of these devices and operating systems are controlled by third-parties with whom we do not have any formal relationships.  These parties frequently introduce new devices, and from time to time they may introduce new operating systems or modify existing ones.  In some cases, the parties that control the development of internet-connected devices and operating systems include companies that we regard as our competitors, including some of our most significant competitors.  For example, Google Inc. controls the Android operating system and also controls a significant number of mobile devices.  If our solutions were unable to work on these devices or operating systems, either because of technological constraints or because a maker of these devices or developer of these operating systems wished to impair our ability to provide video ads on them, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

 

Our business practices with respect to data could give rise to liabilities or reputational harm as a result of governmental regulation, legal requirements or industry standards relating to consumer privacy and data protection.

 

U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered, or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict our ability to collect, augment, analyze, use, and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online.  Federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of data that we collect across our solutions.  We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, policies, and legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection.  However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.  As we expand our operations globally, compliance with regulations that differ from country to country may also impose substantial compliance burdens on our business.  In particular, the European Union has traditionally taken a broader view as to what is considered personal information and has imposed greater obligations under data privacy laws and regulations.  In addition, individual EU member countries have had discretion with respect to their interpretation and implementation of the regulations, which has resulted in variation of privacy standards from country to country.  We may be subject to foreign laws regulating online and mobile advertising even in jurisdictions where we do not have any physical presence to the extent a digital media content provider has advertising inventory that we manage or to the extent that we collect and use data from consumers in those jurisdictions.  Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data security, or consumer protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others.  We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy- or data security-related laws.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Our subsidiary ScanScout was in the past subject to an FTC inquiry regarding its use of “Flash” cookies.  As a result of our acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we are now subject to an FTC order regarding certain notice, disclosure and choice obligations regarding the use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising.  See “Item 1 — Business — Government Regulation; Industry Alliances” for a more complete description of this order.  In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of “Flash” cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

 

The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is evolving, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at the advertising industry in particular.  It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and internationally, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways that would affect our business particularly with regard to collection or use of data to target ads to consumers.

 

A number of U.S. state and federal bills have been proposed and are under consideration that contain provisions that would regulate how companies, such as ours, can use cookies and other tracking technologies to collect and use information about individuals and their online behaviors.  At least one such bill presently has been proposed in the U.S. Congress.  The U.S. government, including the FTC and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices.  The FTC has also adopted revisions to its rules implementing the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA Rules, that became effective July 1, 2013, that broaden the applicability of the COPPA Rules, including the types of information that would be subject to these regulations, and could effectively limit the information that we or our advertisers collect and use through certain online publishers and the content of video ads our advertisers may display.

 

In 2009, the European Union ePrivacy Directive was amended (Directive 2009/136/EC amending Directive 2002/58/EC) requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements.  In particular, to comply with certain of these requirements, the use of cookies or other similar technologies may require the user’s affirmative, opt-in consent.  Further, the European Commission has proposed a General Data Protection Regulation that may strengthen EU laws regarding notice and consent for tracking technology.  The EU proposals, if implemented, may result in a greater compliance burden with respect to collecting information about persons in Europe.  Complying with any new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategy.

 

Any proceeding or action brought against us by a governmental entity or others relating to noncompliance with U.S federal, state, or international laws, self-regulatory requirements, policies, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or data protection could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our solutions, and ultimately result in the imposition of monetary liability.  We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our advertisers and publishers from the costs or consequences of noncompliance with privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements or other legal obligations, or inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of providing our solutions.

 

Changes in global privacy-related laws and regulations and self-regulatory regimes may also impact our advertisers and publishers and adversely affect the demand for our solutions or otherwise harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  For instance, privacy laws or regulations could require digital media content providers to take additional measures to facilitate consumer privacy preferences, in which case we will be reliant upon them to do so.  In addition, digital media content providers could become subject to regulatory restrictions that would require them to limit or cease altogether the collection and/or use of data by third-parties such as ourselves.  For example, one potential form of restriction on the use of cookies would allow the website that the consumer has elected to visit, a first-party website, to continue to place cookies on the user’s browser or device without explicit consent, but would require the user’s explicit consent for a third-party to place its cookies on the user’s browser or device.  Additionally, the March 2012 FTC staff report recommends that websites offer consumers a choice about whether the owner of the website can use third-parties like us to track the activity for marketing purposes (e.g., delivery of targeted advertising).  We are a third-party in this context, and therefore currently depend on the ability to place our cookies and other tracking technologies on browsers and devices of users that visit the websites of our digital media content providers and to track devices for the purpose of ad delivery reporting on mobile devices, and if we were restricted from doing so because of compliance with laws or regulatory and industry best practices or recommendations by digital media content providers, our ability to gather the data on which we rely would be impaired.  Further, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage to large competitors such as Google, Facebook, Microsoft, AOL, and Yahoo! who have heavily trafficked, first-party properties that would continue to have greater ability to collect visitor data and use such data for marketing purposes.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business.

 

We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names, one patent and several patent applications, as critical to our success.  We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions.  We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties, with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information.  However, we may not be successful in executing these agreements with every party who has access to our confidential information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property.  Those agreements that we do execute may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach.  These contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property by others.  Breaches of the security of our solutions, databases or other resources could expose us to a risk of loss or unauthorized disclosure of information collected, stored, or transmitted for or on behalf of advertisers or publishers, or of cookies, data stored in cookies, other user information, or other proprietary or confidential information.

 

We currently own two issued U.S. patents and one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain.  Additionally, we currently own seven pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and one pending PCT international application, although there can be no assurance that any of these patent applications will ultimately be issued a patent.  We also register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States.  We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as “Tremor Video.” Any of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.  While we have a patent and certain patent applications pending, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications.  In addition, our existing patents and any patents that may be issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third-parties.  Our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names or business names similar to ours.  Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States and elsewhere.  We may be unable to prevent third-parties from acquiring or using domain names and other trademarks that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brands, trademarks or service marks.  Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection are expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights.  We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location.  We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

 

Additionally, in the United States, the central provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or AIA, became effective recently.  Among other things, this law switched U.S. patent rights from the former “first-to-invent” system to a “first inventor-to-file” system.  This may result in inventors and companies having to file patent applications more frequently to preserve rights in their inventions.  This may favor larger competitors that have the resources to file more patent applications.

 

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly.  Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent their misappropriation or misuse.  Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights.  Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology.  The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate.  Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our solutions or technology are hosted or available.  Further, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain.  The laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property.  Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering solutions that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our solutions.  In addition, we may in the future find it necessary or appropriate to initiate infringement claims or litigation, whether to protect our intellectual property or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the intellectual property rights of others.  Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us.  In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain.  Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third-parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

 

The online advertising industry is characterized by the existence of large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary rights.  Companies in this industry are often required to defend against litigation claims that are based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights.  Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use.

 

Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences.  We currently face, and expect to face in the future, claims by third-parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights.  Such claims may be made by competitors or other parties.  We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights.  From time to time, we or our clients may be subject to legal proceedings relating to our solutions or underlying technology and the intellectual property rights of others, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business.  As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third-parties.

 

Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or infringing or misappropriating other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend, and can impose a significant burden on management and employees.  The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and we may receive unfavorable interim or preliminary rulings in the course of litigation.  There can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases.  We may decide to settle lawsuits and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us.  Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could.  Claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights could:

 

·                   subject us to significant liabilities for monetary damages, which may be tripled in certain instances, and the attorney’s fees of others;

 

·                   prohibit us from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all;

 

·                   subject us to indemnification obligations or obligations to refund fees to, and adversely affect our relationships with, our current or future advertisers, agencies, and publishers;

 

·                   result in injunctive relief against us, or otherwise result in delays or stoppages in providing all or certain aspects of our solutions;

 

·                   cause advertisers, agencies, or publishers to avoid working with us;

 

·                   divert the attention and resources of management and technical personnel; and

 

·                   require technology or branding changes to our solutions that would cause us to incur substantial cost and that we may be unable to execute effectively or at all.

 

In addition, we may be exposed to claims that the content contained in ad campaigns violates the intellectual property or other rights of third-parties.  Such claims could be made directly against us or against the publishers from whom we purchase ad inventory.  Generally, under our agreements with publishers, we are required to indemnify the publisher against any such claim with respect to an ad we served.  We attempt to mitigate this exposure by generally requiring our advertisers and/or ad agencies to indemnify us for any damages from any such claims.  There can be no assurance, however, that our advertisers will have the ability to satisfy their indemnification obligations to us, and pursuing any claims for indemnification may be costly or unsuccessful.  As a result, we may be required to satisfy our indemnification obligations to our publishers or claims against us with our assets.  This result could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We use open source software in our solutions that may subject our technology to general release or require us to re-engineer our solutions, which may cause harm to our business.

 

Our technology incorporates or is distributed with software or data licensed from third-parties, including some software distributed under so-called “open source” licenses, which we use without charge.  Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make

 

30



Table of Contents

 

available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third-parties certain rights of further use.  By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain manners.  Although we monitor our use of open source software, we cannot be sure that all open source software is reviewed prior to use in our proprietary software, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software, or that they will not do so in the future.  Additionally, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts.  There is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our solutions to our clients.  In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop, using such open source software, to others on unfavorable license terms.  As a result of our current or future use of open source software, we may face claims or litigation, be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages for breach of contract, re-engineer our technology, discontinue sales in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

 

We rely on data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from other parties, the failure or loss of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent the delivery of our solutions.

 

We utilize various types of data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from unaffiliated third-parties in order to provide certain elements of our solutions.  Any errors or defects in any third-party data or other technology could result in errors in our solutions that could harm our business.  In addition, licensed technology, data, and intellectual property may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.  Any loss of the right to use any of these on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could result in delays in producing or delivering our solutions until equivalent data, other technology, or intellectual property is identified and integrated, which delays could harm our business.  In this situation we would be required to either redesign our solutions to function with technology, data or intellectual property available from other parties or to develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs.  Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions.  If we fail to maintain or renegotiate any of these technology or intellectual property licenses, we could face significant delays and diversion of resources in attempting to develop similar or replacement technology, or to license and integrate a functional equivalent of the technology or intellectual property.  The occurrence of any of these events may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

 

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal and disclosure controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements and other disclosures on a timely basis could be impaired.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.  Commencing as of the fiscal year 2014, we were required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  As an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, we have availed ourselves in this annual report, and we expect to avail ourselves in future filings, of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; however, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts.  Prior to becoming a public company, we were never required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.  Moreover, if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls over financial reporting that need improvement.  Our internal controls over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  Because of the inherent

 

31



Table of Contents

 

limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

 

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures or proper and effective internal controls over our financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements and other disclosures, and we may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective.  If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

Risks associated with being a public company .

 

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.  In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NYSE impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices.  Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations.  These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly.  For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance compared to when we were a private company.  These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

 

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of “golden parachute” payments.  We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years from the date of our initial public offering in June 2013, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of December 31 st  following such occurrence.  Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions, in which case the price of our common stock may suffer or there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors.

 

The trading price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control.  Since January 1, 2014, our stock price has ranged from $2.07 to $5.68 through March 10, 2015.  In addition, the trading prices of the securities of technology companies in general have been highly volatile, and the volatility in market price and trading volume of securities is often unrelated or disproportionate to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities.  In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, factors affecting the market price of our common stock include:

 

·                   price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, or in the market for the stock of comparable companies, from time to time;

 

·                   adverse changes in the regulatory environment;

 

·                   actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or the results of our competitors;

 

·                   changes in the market perception of online video advertising platforms generally or in the effectiveness of our solutions in particular;

 

32



Table of Contents

 

·                   announcements of technological innovations, new solutions, acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

·                   issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our or our competitors’ stock;

 

·                   litigation involving us;

 

·                   changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends;

 

·                   recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

 

·                   the other factors described in this section of the report titled “Risk Factors.”

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action or derivative litigation has often been brought against that company and its officers and directors.  In November 2013, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us, our directors and certain executive officers, alleging certain misrepresentations by us in connection with our initial public offering concerning our business and prospects.  On March 5, 2015, the Court granted our motion to dismiss the lawsuit and entered judgment in our favor, but such judgment may be appealed. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of additional securities litigation in the future.  Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that a substantial number of shares could be sold, could reduce the market price of our common stock.  As of March 10, 2015, we had 51,375,071 shares of common stock outstanding.   In addition, the shares subject to outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and stock option awards for which 39,824 shares and 6,825,142 shares, respectively, were exercisable as of December 31, 2014 will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such warrants to purchase common stock or stock option awards.

 

We have also registered for offer and sale all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans, including our employee stock purchase plan.  These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.  In addition, the sale of these securities could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

 

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, and employee arrangements or otherwise.  Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2014.  These persons, acting together, are able to

 

33


 


Table of Contents

 

significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions.  The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors.  If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease.  Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business issues an adverse opinion of our company because we fail to meet their expectations or otherwise, the price of our stock could decline.  If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors or management and, therefore, depress the price of our common stock.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.  These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or our management.  Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock.  Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

 

·                   establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

·                   providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause;

 

·                   preventing the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

·                   requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

·                   permitting the board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;

 

·                   limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

·                   providing that vacancies may be filled by remaining directors;

 

·                   preventing cumulative voting; and

 

·                   providing for a supermajority requirement to amend our bylaws.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.  Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

On October 27, 2014, we entered into a lease for our new principal executive offices at 1501 Broadway, New York, New York, for approximately 51,000 square feet of office space.  The initial ten-year term of the lease commenced on January 7, 2015, and we are in the process of relocating to this new office space.  We continue to lease approximately 22,000 square feet of leased office space at our existing principal executive offices in New York, New York pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2021. We are actively pursuing sublease tenants for this space, but there can be no assurance we will be able to sublease this property.

 

We also lease offices in Mountain View, California; San Francisco, California; Santa Monica, California; Atlanta, Georgia; Chicago, Illinois; Boston, Massachusetts; Southfield, Michigan; Irving, Texas; London, England; and Singapore. We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities located in Santa Clara, California, Boston, Massachusetts, and New York, New York. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and near-term needs.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In November 2013, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us, our directors, and certain of our executive officers. The lawsuit alleges certain misrepresentations by us in connection with our IPO concerning our business and prospects.  The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages.  On February 7, 2014, the Court entered an order appointing lead plaintiff and lead counsel.  On April 22, 2014, lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On July 14, 2014, we filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.  On August 28, 2014, lead plaintiffs filed their opposition to the motion to dismiss.  On September 18, 2014, we filed a reply in support of the motion to dismiss the amended complaint.  On March 5, 2015, the Court granted our motion to dismiss and entered judgment in our favor.

 

In addition, from time to time we are involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business, including, but not limited to, certain pending patent and privacy litigation matters.  Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, except as noted above we do not believe we are a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Part II

 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TRMR” since June 27, 2013. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock.

 

Holders of Record

 

As of December 31, 2014, there were approximately 94 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

 

Price Range of Our Common Stock

 

The following table sets forth for the indicated periods the intraday high and low sales prices per share for our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

High

 

$

5.76

 

$

4.98

 

$

4.84

 

$

3.10

 

Low

 

4.03

 

3.75

 

2.23

 

2.03

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

First
Quarter

 

(1)
Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

High

 

$

 

$

11.09

 

$

10.77

 

$

11.09

 

Low

 

 

7.90

 

6.25

 

3.59

 

 


(1)          The period reported for the second quarter of 2013 is from June 27, 2013 through June 30, 2013.

 

Stock Price Performance Graph

 

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any filing of Tremor Video, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

 

The following graph compares, for the period from June 26, 2013 through December 31, 2014, the cumulative total return on our common stock, the NYSE Composite Index and the Powershares S&P SmallCap Information Technology Portfolio Index.  The graph assumes $100 was invested on June 26, 2013, in the common stock of Tremor Video, Inc, the NYSE Composite Index and the Powershares S&P SmallCap Information Technology Portfolio Index, and assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

On July 2, 2013, we closed our IPO, in which we issued and sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds to us of $75 million.  All of the shares issued and sold in our IPO were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188813), which was declared effective by the SEC on June 26, 2013.  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies LLC, Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. acted as the underwriters.  The offering commenced on June 14, 2013 and did not terminate before all of the securities registered in the registration statement were sold.

 

The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $5.3 million and offering expenses totaling approximately $3.1 million, were approximately $66.6 million.  No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.  Subsequent to July 2, 2013, we invested a portion of the net offering proceeds into money market securities.  There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our prospectus dated June 26, 2013 filed with the SEC on June 27, 2013 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

None.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

From January 1, 2013 through July 2, 2013, the closing of our initial public offering, we granted options under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 566,305 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having a

 

37



Table of Contents

 

weighted-average exercise price of $7.09 per share. During the period from January 1, 2013 through July 2, 2013, an aggregate of 68,791 shares were issued upon the exercise of stock options, at exercise prices between $0.63 and $5.01 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.1 million. The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in this paragraph were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans as provided under Rule 701. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

 

On July 2, 2013, upon the closing of our IPO, all of our then-outstanding preferred stock was automatically converted into 34,172,316 shares of our common stock and all of our then-outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants to purchase 142,534 shares of our common stock.  Additionally, upon the closing of our IPO, all of our then-outstanding Series II common stock was automatically converted into 1,052,464 shares of our common stock. The offers, sales and issuances of such securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

 

On July 25, 2013, Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) exercised, in full, the following warrants to acquire common stock pursuant to a cashless net exercise:  (i) warrants to acquire 17,607 shares of common stock, net of 14,052 shares of common stock tendered to us, at an exercise price of $3.79 per share, with an expiration date of February 8, 2020, (ii)  warrants to acquire 16,210 shares of common stock, net of 19,321 shares of common stock tendered to us, at an exercise price of $4.64 per share, with an expiration date of December 7, 2018 and (iii) warrants to acquire 30,250 shares of common stock, net of 5,270 shares of common stock tendered to us, at an exercise price of $1.27 per share, with an expiration date of June 7, 2017  (refer to note 11 of the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K).  The number of shares tendered to us to satisfy the exercise price for the warrants was based on the closing price of our common stock on July 24, 2013.  In the aggregate, we issued 64,067 shares to SVB in connection with these exercises.  The offers, sales and issuances of such securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The selected consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

The following data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

159,487

 

$

131,796

 

$

105,190

 

$

90,301

 

Cost of revenue

 

101,673

 

77,925

 

61,317

 

58,502

 

Gross profit

 

57,814

 

53,871

 

43,873

 

31,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development(1)

 

16,992

 

11,637

 

8,144

 

5,900

 

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

 

42,623

 

38,496

 

35,042

 

28,829

 

General and administrative(1)

 

14,712

 

10,950

 

10,824

 

10,880

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

6,675

 

6,310

 

5,992

 

6,088

 

Total operating expenses

 

81,002

 

67,393

 

60,002

 

51,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

(23,188

)

(13,522

)

(16,129

)

(19,898

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(4

)

(127

)

(227

)

(321

)

Other income (expense), net

 

46

 

339

 

(8

)

(583

)

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

42

 

212

 

(235

)

(904

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(23,146

)

(13,310

)

(16,364

)

(20,802

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

343

 

206

 

280

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(13,516

)

$

(16,644

)

$

(21,025

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders (3)

 

$

(0.46

)

$

(1.02

)

$

(2.22

)

$

(3.02

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding (4)(5)

 

50,637,541

 

28,761,700

 

7,499,986

 

6,952,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

 

$

(10,939

)

$

(2,112

)

$

(7,218

)

$

(10,927

)

 

38



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments(7)(8)

 

$

77,787

 

$

92,691

 

$

32,533

 

$

40,366

 

Working capital

 

89,024

 

102,533

 

39,892

 

49,601

 

Total assets

 

178,005

 

190,560

 

129,723

 

137,980

 

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

162,466

 

162,082

 

Total liabilities(9)

 

38,232

 

33,528

 

30,729

 

26,506

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

139,773

 

157,032

 

(63,472

)

(50,608

)

 


(1)          Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development

 

$

907

 

$

549

 

$

422

 

$

507

 

Sales and marketing

 

1,506

 

1,188

 

1,020

 

670

 

General and administrative

 

2,209

 

1,667

 

1,477

 

1,706

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

4,622

 

$

3,404

 

$

2,919

 

$

2,883

 

 

(2)          Includes stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense of $0.7 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

(3)          For the year ended December 31, 2013, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders includes $15.8 million deemed dividend from the conversion of our Series F preferred stock on July 2, 2013.  Refer to “Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

(4)          As a result of our operating losses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive and, accordingly, basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are equal for the years presented.

 

(5)          For the year ended December 31, 2013, our basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding increased as a result of our IPO on July 2, 2013.  Refer to “Note 11 — Stockholders’ Equity” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

(6)          Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss before interest and other (income) expense, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and adjusted to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense and stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense, both of which are non-cash items, and litigation costs associated with class action securities litigation.  Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital.  In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of the exclusion of the impact of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, non-cash stock-based long-term incentive compensation and litigation costs associated with class action securities litigation, excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; (e) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect litigation costs associated with class action securities litigation; and (f) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.  Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside our other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, net loss and our other U.S. GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

39



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(13,516

)

$

(16,644

)

$

(21,025

)

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest and other (income) expense, net

 

(42

)

(212

)

235

 

904

 

Provision for income taxes

 

343

 

206

 

280

 

223

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

6,675

 

6,310

 

5,992

 

6,088

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

4,622

 

3,404

 

2,919

 

2,883

 

Stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense(a)

 

673

 

1,614

 

 

 

Litigation costs

 

279

 

82

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

 

12,550

 

11,404

 

9,426

 

10,098

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(10,939

)

$

(2,112

)

$

(7,218

)

$

(10,927

)

 


(a) Refer to footnote (2) above and footnote (9) below for a further description of our stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense.

 

(7)          At December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents includes $66.6 million in proceeds from the common stock issuance as a result of our IPO on July 2, 2013.

 

(8)          At December 31, 2011, included with cash and cash equivalents are $8.7 million of short-term investments.

 

(9)          At December 31, 2014 and 2013, accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes includes $768 and $1,614 of stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense, respectively, related to the Company’s long-term sales incentive compensation plan.  Payments earned under the long-term sales incentive compensation plan for the 2013 plan year were paid in stock-based awards in August 2014.  Payments earned under the plan for the 2014 plan year will be made in stock-based awards to participants that remain employed with the Company through June 30, 2015, which will be paid in August 2015.  If any participant in our long-term sales incentive compensation plan is not employed on June 30, 2015, such participant will forfeit any rights to receive payment under the plan for the 2014 plan year.

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly in “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

 

Overview

 

Tremor Video, Inc., we or us, is an advertising technology company elevating brand performance across all-screens for the world’s leading brands and publishers.  We offer brand advertisers and publishers complete programmatic solutions to reach and engage consumers while providing transparency into what drives the success of brand advertising performance across multiple devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs.  Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns across screens to achieve brand performance goals, while providing access to advanced analytics and measurement tools in real-time.  Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust video marketplace of premium digital media properties, or publishers, many of which partner with us on an exclusive basis.

 

Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices.  We provide the Tremor Video Network as a managed service, with our team of specialists managing the execution and delivery of an advertising campaign, from advising on pre-campaign planning through post-campaign reporting and analysis.  Through our all-screen optimization solution, advertisers are able to choose a single brand performance goal and VideoHub will optimize delivery of  the campaign across the Tremor Video Network to find the right viewer wherever they may be watching video, eliminating the need to allocate campaign budgets to a specific screen or device.  For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we derived substantially all of our revenue by delivering in-stream video advertising on behalf of a diversified base of brand advertisers in the United States through the Tremor Video Network on a managed service basis.

 

To further align our solutions with the needs of brand advertisers, we offer a number of performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertisements where we are compensated only when certain measurable brand results are achieved, such as CPE

 

40



Table of Contents

 

pricing, where we are paid only when a viewer engages with an ad, or CPV&C pricing, where we are paid only when a video ad is both completed and viewable by the viewer for the duration of the ad.  We believe our performance-based pricing models have higher gross margins than traditional CPM (cost per thousand impressions) pricing models, which are based solely on the number of ad impressions delivered, because we are often able to serve our advertisers’ performance goals with a lower number of purchased impressions.  As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 27.6%, 29.8% and 22.7%, respectively. We continue to focus on increasing the sales of video ad campaigns with performance-based pricing to drive revenue growth and increase gross margin.  In addition to our performance-based pricing models, we also offer advertisers the ability to purchase campaigns on a CPM-basis with a guaranteed demographic reach, or demo guarantees, where an advertiser pays based on the number of impressions that are delivered to a target demographic.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, campaigns sold with demo guarantees generally had lower gross margins than CPM-priced campaigns that were sold without demo guarantees.

 

Through VideoHub, we offer complete programmatic solutions for brand advertisers and premium publishers.  In 2014, we introduced to market a demand side platform, or DSP, for brand performance that enables advertisers and agencies to efficiently plan, buy, optimize and measure video ad campaigns through an intuitive and customizable user interface.   Our DSP is able to optimize programmatic video buys across a broad spectrum of brand marketing goals — from audience reach to more sophisticated goals such as engagement, brand lift and viewability.  Clients of our DSP can access our advanced analytics suite to gain a deep understanding of the drivers of campaign performance and obtain reporting on key brand performance metrics such as viewability as well as TV-like metrics that measure audience reach and frequency of viewing by a particular audience. Our DSP is directly integrated with a number of video ad inventory sources, enabling the dynamic purchase of individual ad impressions utilizing real-time bidding technology, or RTB, as well as through private marketplaces that connect advertisers directly to publishers.  In the first quarter of 2015, we also introduced to market a supply side platform, or SSP, for premium publishers, which helps publishers maximize the value of their video inventory by enabling their programmatic sales efforts and automating workflow.  Publishers using our SSP can make inventory available to advertisers through an open exchange, where demand sources bid on inventory in a robust auction environment, or through private marketplaces so that only selected advertisers have the opportunity to purchase video ad inventory.  Our SSP connects advertisers with publishers through our DSP, as well as third-party demand side platforms that are integrated with our technology.  We are continuing to invest in the development of our programmatic solutions.

 

In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we derived revenue from the license of VideoHub analytics to advertisers, agencies and publishers.  This solution affords advertisers with analytical tools to measure the effectiveness of video ad campaigns across all of their video ad buys and provides publishers with valuable insights into what is driving the performance of ad campaigns running on their content. In future periods, we do not expect our licensed analytics solutions to contribute materially to our operating results.

 

We have increased our revenue from $105.2 million in 2012 to $131.8 million in 2013 and $159.5 million in 2014.  Over the same period, our gross margin varied from 41.7% in 2012 to 40.9% in 2013 and 36.2% in 2014.  Our net loss decreased from $16.6 million in 2012 to $13.5 million in 2013 and increased to $23.5 million in 2014. Our adjusted EBITDA (refer to “Key Metrics-Adjusted EBITDA”) was a $7.2 million loss in 2012, $2.1 million loss in 2013, and $10.9 million loss in 2014.

 

On July 2, 2013, we issued and sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock in our initial public offering, or IPO.  The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $5.3 million and offering expenses totaling approximately $3.1 million, were approximately $66.6 million.

 

Key Metrics

 

We monitor the key metrics set forth in the table below to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess our operational efficiencies.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

159,487

 

$

131,796

 

$

105,190

 

Gross margin

 

36.2

%

40.9

%

41.7

%

Net loss

 

(23,489

)

(13,516

)

(16,644

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

(10,939

)

(2,112

)

(7,218

)

 

Gross margin is our gross profit expressed as a percentage of our total revenue.  Our gross margin is primarily impacted by video advertising inventory costs associated with delivering our advertisers campaigns relative to the revenue we generate from delivering such campaigns.  Historically, our gross margin has been positively affected by campaigns priced on a performance basis, while campaigns sold with demo guarantees have had lower overall gross margins than CPM-priced campaigns that were sold without demo guarantees.  If the relative mix of CPM-priced campaigns sold with demo guarantees increases, or the relative mix of campaigns priced on a performance basis decreases in future periods, our gross margin may be negatively affected.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss before interest and other (income) expense, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and adjusted to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense, both of which are non-cash items, and litigation costs associated with class action securities litigation.  Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital.  In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of the exclusion of the impact of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense and litigation costs associated with class action securities litigation, excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See footnote (6) to the table in “Item 6 —Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable U.S. GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013  and 2012.

 

Components of Operating Results

 

We operate in one segment, online video advertising services.  The key elements of our operating results include:

 

Revenue

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we generated revenue primarily by delivering in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network on a managed service basis.  We also generated revenue through licensing our VideoHub analytics to advertisers, agencies and publishers through an intuitive and customizable user interface.

 

In addition to traditional CPM based pricing models where an advertiser pays based on the number of ad impressions delivered, we also offer a number of performance-based pricing models where we are compensated only when viewers take certain actions or when certain campaign results are achieved.  For campaigns sold on a CPM-basis, we recognize revenue upon delivery of impressions, or delivery of impressions to a specific target demographic for CPM-priced ad campaigns with demo guarantees.   With respect to our performance based pricing models, we recognize revenue only when the specified action is taken or campaign result is achieved.   The prices we charge our clients also vary depending upon the ad format chosen and the device type through which the campaign runs, including whether the client is utilizing our all-screen optimization solution.  We generally offer our Tremor Video Network solution to advertisers by entering into insertion orders with ad agencies on behalf of advertisers.  These insertion orders are generally cancellable upon short notice and without penalty consistent with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising for media buys one year or less published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

We also generated revenue from licensing our VideoHub analytics to advertisers, agencies and publishers.  The license fee varies depending upon the level of access to our video advertising analytics and the volume of impressions being analyzed by VideoHub.  We recognize revenue with respect to this solution on a CPM basis based upon the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. In limited cases, we may charge a minimum monthly fee.  Typically, our license terms are for one year periods.

 

Our revenue recognition policies are discussed in more detail in the section below titled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Our cost of revenue primarily represents video advertising inventory costs, research costs, third-party hosting fees, and third-party serving fees incurred to deliver video ads.  Cost of revenue also includes costs from our licenses from third-party data providers utilized in our solutions.  Substantially all of our cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under our publisher contracts.  We recognize cost of revenue on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time as we recognize the associated advertising revenue.  Substantially all of our exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that we must purchase this inventory from our exclusive publishers even if we lack a video advertising campaign to deliver.  We recognize the difference between our contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered by us on the publisher’s website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period.  Historically, the impact of the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material.  Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses consist of technology and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization expenses.  Salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs are the most significant components of each of these expense categories other than depreciation and amortization expenses.  We grew to 339 employees at December 31, 2014 from 291 employees at December 31, 2013, and we expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our anticipated revenue growth and new product offerings.  We include stock-based compensation expense in connection with the grant of stock option awards or restricted stock unit awards in the applicable operating expense category based on the respective equity award recipient’s function.

 

Technology and Development Expense.  Technology and development expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel.  Additional expenses in this category include costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and maintenance and enhancement of existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead.  We engage third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance and support.  Due to the rapid development and changes in our business, we have expensed technology and development expenses in the same year that the costs are incurred.  The number of employees in technology and development functions grew to 105 employees at December 31, 2014 from 90 employees at December 31, 2013.  We intend to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts, in particular as it relates to our programmatic solutions, by hiring additional personnel and by using outside consulting firms for various initiatives.  We believe continuing to invest in technology and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position.

 

Sales and Marketing Expense.   Sales and marketing expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for our marketing, creative and sales and sales support employees.  Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead.  The number of employees in sales and marketing functions grew to 192 employees at December 31, 2014 from 168 employees at December 31, 2013.  We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to grow the Tremor Video Network, further increase the number of our DSP- and SSP- focused sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities.

 

General and Administrative Expense.  General and administrative expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for business operations, administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources employees.  Included in general and administrative expenses are consulting and professional fees, including legal, accounting and investor relations fees, insurance, costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other public company corporate expenses, travel and other related overhead.  The number of employees in

 

43



Table of Contents

 

general and administrative functions grew to 42 employees at December 31, 2014 from 33 employees at December 31, 2013.  We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of operating as a public company and the continuing growth of our business.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense.  Depreciation and amortization expense primarily consists of our depreciation expense related to investments in property, equipment and software as well as the amortization of certain intangible assets.

 

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Interest and other income (expense), net consist primarily of interest income, interest expense, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, and mark-to-market expense.  Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents.  Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on our then-outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.  As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.  Mark-to-market expense consist primarily of expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability in 2013.  As of December 31, 2013, we no longer have any preferred stock warrant liability outstanding.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes consists of minimum U.S. state and local taxes, income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business and deferred income taxes.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table is a summary of our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparisons of the results are not necessarily indicative of our results for future periods.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Revenue

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Revenue

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Revenue

 

Revenue

 

$

159,487

 

100.0

%

$

131,796

 

100.0

%

$

105,190

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

101,673

 

63.8

 

77,925

 

59.1

 

61,317

 

58.3

 

Gross profit

 

57,814

 

36.2

 

53,871

 

40.9

 

43,873

 

41.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development

 

16,992

 

10.6

 

11,637

 

8.8

 

8,144

 

7.7

 

Sales and marketing

 

42,623

 

26.7

 

38,496

 

29.2

 

35,042

 

33.3

 

General and administrative

 

14,712

 

9.2

 

10,950

 

8.3

 

10,824

 

10.3

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

6,675

 

4.2

 

6,310

 

4.8

 

5,992

 

5.7

 

Total operating expenses

 

81,002

 

50.7

 

67,393

 

51.1

 

60,002

 

57.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

(23,188

)

(14.5

)

(13,522

)

(10.2

)

(16,129

)

(15.3

)

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

42

 

0.0

 

212

 

0.2

 

(235

)

(0.2

)

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(23,146

)

(14.5

)

(13,310

)

(10.0

)

(16,364

)

(15.5

)

Provision for income taxes

 

343

 

0.2

 

206

 

0.2

 

280

 

0.3

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

(14.7

)%

$

(13,516

)

(10.2

)%

$

(16,644

)

(15.8

)%

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

159,487

 

$

131,796

 

$

27,691

 

21.0

%

 

Revenue.    Our revenue increased to $159.5 million from $131.8 million in 2013.  The increase in revenue in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $29.5 million increase in our video advertising revenue, representing 22.9% growth year-over-year. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a $1.8 million reduction from our licensed analytics solutions due, in part, to the discontinuation of certain licensing products that we acquired in January 2012 which contributed to our results in 2013.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

101,673

 

$

77,925

 

$

23,748

 

30.5

%

Gross profit

 

57,814

 

53,871

 

3,943

 

7.3

 

Gross margin

 

36.2

%

40.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.    The increase in cost of revenue in 2014 compared to 2013 was driven primarily by $21.6 million of increased video advertising inventory costs and a $2.1 million increase in data, ad serving, hosting and research costs resulting from our revenue increase. The increase in our gross profit in 2014 compared to 2013 was driven by a $27.7 million increase in revenue, partially offset by a $23.7 million increase in our cost of revenue.

 

Our gross margin decreased to 36.2% from 40.9% in 2013.  The 4.7 percentage point decline in our gross margin during 2014 compared to 2013 was due in part to a decrease in the percentage of our revenue attributable to performance-based products and an increase in the percentage of our revenue attributable CPM-priced ad campaigns sold with demo guarantees, which was partially offset by an increase in the gross margin of CPM-priced ad campaigns sold with demo guarantees in 2014 compared to 2013. For 2014, our performance-priced ad campaigns had higher gross margins than our traditional CPM priced campaigns, while CPM-priced campaigns sold with demo guarantees generally had lower gross margins than CPM-priced campaigns that were sold without demo guarantees.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development expense

 

$

16,992

 

$

11,637

 

$

5,355

 

46.0

%

% of total revenue

 

10.6

%

8.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and Development.    The increase in technology and development expense in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $5.1 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, overhead costs and other personnel-related costs primarily associated with an increase in headcount, and a $0.3 million increase in consulting fees and professional fees, as we continued to invest in technology and development efforts, in particular with respect to our DSP and SSP.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expense

 

$

42,623

 

$

38,496

 

$

4,127

 

10.7

%

% of total revenue

 

26.7

%

29.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing.    The increase in sales and marketing expense in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $4.3 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, overhead costs and other personnel-related costs, primarily associated with an increase in the number of sales personnel supporting our growing advertiser base and new product

 

45



Table of Contents

 

offerings, in particular with respect to our DSP and SSP, and a $0.4 million increase in consulting fees and professional fees.  These increases were partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in recruiting fees and marketing costs.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense

 

$

14,712

 

$

10,950

 

$

3,762

 

34.4

%

% of total revenue

 

9.2

%

8.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

General and Administrative.    The increase in general and administrative expense in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $1.7 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, and an increase of $0.4 million in legal and accounting fees, $1.4 million in professional and recruiting fees, $0.1 million in administrative software and maintenance support costs, $0.1 million in banking fees and $0.1 in bad debt expense.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

$

6,675

 

$

6,310

 

$

365

 

5.8

%

% of total revenue

 

4.2

%

4.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization.     The increase in depreciation and amortization expense in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to increases in depreciation related to additional leasehold improvements to our office spaces, purchases of computer hardware as a result of an increase in headcount and purchases of computer hardware and software related to our third-party data center hosting facilities.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

$

42

 

$

212

 

$

(170

)

N/A

 

% of total revenue

 

0.0

%

0.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

Total Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.     The decrease in total interest and other income (expense), net in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million reduction in mark-to-market gains related to our preferred stock warrant liability in 2013, partially offset by $0.1 million decrease in interest expense in connection with the repayment of amounts outstanding under our credit facility.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

131,796

 

$

105,190

 

$

26,606

 

25.3

%

 

Revenue.   Our revenue increased to $131.8 million from $105.2 million in 2012.  The increase in revenue in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $28.6 million increase in our in-stream video advertising revenue, representing 28.7% growth year-over-year, and a $1.5 million increase in revenue from licensed analytics solutions. The increase in revenue from delivering in-stream video advertisements was partially offset by a $3.5 million reduction in revenue from delivering in-banner video advertisements, which are often served on the periphery of publisher content, as we made the strategic decision to shift our business away from in-banner video advertising.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

77,925

 

$

61,317

 

$

16,608

 

27.1

%

Gross profit

 

53,871

 

43,873

 

9,998

 

22.8

 

Gross margin

 

40.9

%

41.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.    The increase in cost of revenue in 2013 compared to 2012 was driven primarily by $15.4 million of increased video advertising inventory costs and a $1.2 million increase in data, ad serving, hosting and research costs resulting from our revenue increase. The increase in our gross profit in 2013 compared to 2012 was driven by a $26.6 million increase in revenue, partially offset by a $16.6 million increase in our cost of revenue year-over-year.

 

Our gross margin decreased to 40.9% from 41.7% in 2012. The 0.8 percentage point decline in our gross margin during 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a decrease in the second half of 2013 in the relative mix of our performance-priced ad campaigns and an increase in the relative mix of CPM-priced ad campaigns sold with demo guarantees.  For 2013, our performance-priced ad campaigns had higher gross margins than our traditional CPM priced campaigns, while CPM-priced campaigns sold with demo guarantees generally had lower gross margins than CPM-priced campaigns that were sold without demo guarantees.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development expense

 

$

11,637

 

$

8,144

 

$

3,493

 

42.9

%

% of total revenue

 

8.8

%

7.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and Development.   The increase in technology and development expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $2.6 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation costs and other personnel-related costs primarily associated with an increase in headcount and a $0.9 million increase in recruiting fees, professional development, technology maintenance and overhead costs, as we continued to invest in technology and development efforts, in particular with respect to our DSP.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expense

 

$

38,496

 

$

35,042

 

$

3,454

 

9.9

%

% of total revenue

 

29.2

%

33.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing.   The increase in sales and marketing expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $2.4 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, primarily associated with an increase in the number of sales personnel supporting our growing advertiser base and new product offerings, in particular with respect to our licensing solution and DSP, a $1.4 million  increase in professional fees and overhead costs, and a $1.1 million increase in travel and entertainment expenses.  These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in marketing costs.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense

 

$

10,950

 

$

10,824

 

$

126

 

1.2

%

% of total revenue

 

8.3

%

10.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

47



Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative.   The increase in general and administrative expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs and an increase of $0.6 million in public company costs, $0.3 million in professional development expenses, and $0.4 million in other taxes and fees.  These increases were partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in legal, consulting, professional and recruiting fees and a $1.9 million decrease in overhead costs.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

201

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

$

6,310

 

$

5,992

 

$

318

 

5.3

%

% of total revenue

 

4.8

%

5.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization.   The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to increases in depreciation related to additional leasehold improvements to our office spaces and purchases of computer hardware as a result of an increase in headcount.

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

$

212

 

$

(235

)

$

(447

)

N/A

 

% of total revenue

 

0.2

%

(0.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Total Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.   The decrease in total interest and other income (expense), net in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to $0.3 million reduction in mark-to-market expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability and a $0.1 million reduction in interest expense in connection with the repayment of amounts outstanding under our credit facility.

 

Seasonality

 

Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature and varies from quarter to quarter.  During the first quarter, brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending and our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us.  Under the terms of our contracts with exclusive publishers we are typically required to pay for a percentage of the ad requests delivered by such publishers, even if we are unable to deliver an ad to that inventory.  As a result, this combination may result in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Working Capital

 

The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable and working capital for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments(1)

 

$

77,787

 

$

92,691

 

$

32,533

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

 

46,765

 

41,458

 

36,011

 

Working capital

 

89,024

 

102,533

 

39,892

 

 


(1)          On July 2, 2013, we issued and sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock in our IPO. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling approximately $5.3 million and offering expenses totaling approximately $3.1 million, were approximately $66.6 million.

 

Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2014 were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to

 

48



Table of Contents

 

preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in demand deposit accounts and money market funds that are currently providing only a minimal return.

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

To date, we have funded our operations principally through private placements of our capital stock, bank borrowings and our IPO, which closed on July 2, 2013.

 

We are party to a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank, which we refer to as our lender.  Pursuant to the credit facility, which was recently amended in October 2014, we can incur revolver borrowings up to the lesser of $32.5 million and a borrowing base equal to 80.0% of eligible accounts receivable.  Any outstanding principal amounts borrowed under the credit facility must be paid at maturity. Interest accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate and is payable monthly.  We are charged a fee of 0.25% of any unused borrowing capacity.  This fee is payable quarterly but no fee is charged for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of borrowings during such quarter is more than $10.0 million.  The credit facility also includes a letter of credit, foreign exchange and cash management facility in an aggregate amount of $2.5 million.  The credit facility matures in December 2016.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility.

 

On October 21, 2014, the lender issued an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $1.5 million in favor of the landlord as additional collateral pursuant to the terms of our lease for new principal executive offices (refer to “note 10 — commitments and contingencies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K).  The irrevocable standby letter of credit can be drawn down from amounts available under the credit facility, is for a one-year term expiring on October 21, 2015, and may be automatically extended for an additional one-year term.

 

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates.  We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels.  Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property, although we have agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property without the lender’s prior written consent.  We are also required to maintain all of our cash and cash equivalents at accounts with the lender, unless we maintain at least $30.0 million of cash and cash equivalents with the lender, in which case we can maintain the excess with another banking institution.  We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2014 and through the date of this filing.

 

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

 

We believe our existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months.  If our available cash balances and available borrowings under our credit facility are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we will need to raise additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.  If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected.  We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings.  If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations.  Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders.

 

Historical Cash Flows

 

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(10,984

)

$

882

 

$

(5,103

)

Investing activities

 

(4,026

)

(2,084

)

5,547

 

Financing activities

 

202

 

61,510

 

433

 

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities is primarily influenced by the revenue our business generates, video advertising inventory costs and amounts of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the increase in the number of clients using our solutions.  Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities has been used to fund operations through changes in working capital, particularly in the areas of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expenses.

 

In 2014, our net cash used in operating activities was $11.0 million and consisted of a net loss of $23.5 million, offset by $11.9 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $0.6 million of cash provided by working capital.  Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations, our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth and non-cash charges.  Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $6.7 million, non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $4.6 million and non-cash stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense of $0.7 million, partially offset by a $0.1 million net decrease in other non-cash items.  The $0.6 million increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to $5.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, primarily driven by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts and an increase in payroll-related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees, and $0.1 million net decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and liabilities as a result of prepaid rent amounts for new office space, future advertising and marketing events, partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continued to expand our operations.

 

In 2013, our net cash provided by operating activities was $0.9 million and consisted of a net loss of $13.5 million, offset by $11.0 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $3.4 million of cash provided by working capital.  Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations, our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth and non-cash charges.  Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $6.3 million, non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $3.4 million and non-cash stock-based long-term incentive compensation of $1.6 million, partially offset by a $0.3 million net decrease in other non-cash items.  The $3.4 million increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $9.6 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, primarily driven by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts and an increase in payroll-related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees, partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continued to expand our operations, and $0.8 million net increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and liabilities as a result of additional deposits for new office space, future advertising and marketing events, and professional development events.

 

In 2012, our net cash used in operating activities was $5.1 million and consisted of a net loss of $16.6 million, partially offset by $9.0 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.5 million of cash provided by working capital. Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.0 million and bad debt expense of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $4.8 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, and an increase in accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. In addition, there was a $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of more clients prepaying for the delivery of video ads. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continued to expand our operations, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, primarily the result of additional deposit requirements for new office space and future advertising and marketing events and professional development events.

 

Investing Activities

 

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, as well as business acquisitions.

 

In 2014, our net cash used in investing activities was $4.0 million used to purchase property and equipment.

 

In 2013, our net cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million and consisted of $2.7 million used to purchase property and equipment, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in restricted cash.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

In 2012, net cash provided by investing activities was $5.5 million and consisted of $8.7 million in maturities of short-term investments, partially offset by $2.0 million paid as part of an acquisition and $1.2 million used to purchase property and equipment.

 

Financing Activities

 

Prior to our IPO, our financing activities consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred stock, proceeds from the exercise of stock option awards, borrowings and repayments under our credit facility.

 

In 2014, our net cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million and consisted of $0.8 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock option awards, partially offset by $0.6 million used to pay tax withholdings on behalf of employees related to net share settlements of restricted stock unit awards.

 

In 2013, our net cash provided by financing activities was $61.5 million and consisted of $66.6 million received from the net proceeds upon the closing of our IPO and $0.9 million received from the exercise of stock option awards, partially offset by $6.0 million used to repay outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.

 

In 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million received from the exercise of stock option awards.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table discloses aggregate information about material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2014. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

1 - 3
Years

 

3 - 5
Years

 

More Than
5 Years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Operating lease obligations(1)

 

$

29,196

 

$

2,626

 

$

10,978

 

$

8,709

 

$

6,883

 

Marketing services

 

71

 

71

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

29,267

 

$

2,697

 

$

10,978

 

$

8,709

 

$

6,883

 

 


(1)          Operating lease obligations includes those contractual obligations related to our non-cancellable office space lease agreements and co-location agreements.  On October 27, 2014, we entered into a lease for our new principal executive offices at 1501 Broadway, New York, New York, for approximately 51,000 square feet of office space.  The initial ten-year term of the lease commenced on January 7, 2015, and we are in the process of relocating to this new office space.  We continue to lease approximately 22,000 square feet of leased office space at our existing principal executive offices in New York, New York pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2021.  We are actively pursuing sublease tenants for this space, but there can be no assurance we will be able to sublease this property.  Refer to “Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

The amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms related to services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under the contract that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our audited consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The preparation of audited consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management.  To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.  We believe the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in revenue recognition and deferred revenue, stock-based compensation expense, and accounting for income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements, and consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those we consider to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to the following:

 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we generated revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. We also generated revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers. Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of the viewers. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history. Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue. We recognize revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered.  In addition to traditional CPM based pricing models where an advertiser pays based on the number of ad impressions delivered, we also offer a number of performance-based pricing models where we are compensated only when viewers take certain actions or when certain campaign results are achieved.  For campaigns sold on a CPM-basis, we recognize revenue upon delivery of impressions, or delivery of impressions to a specific target demographic for CPM-priced ad campaigns with demo guarantees.  With respect to our performance based pricing models, we recognize revenue only when the specified action is taken or campaign result is achieved.

 

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in our transactions. In determining whether we act as the principal or an agent, we follow authoritative accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether we are acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because we are the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, (4) all billing or service-related issues related to the purchase of video advertising inventory as clients do not have a direct relationship with publishers that provide such inventory, and (5) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising even if we lack a video advertising campaign to deliver to these video ad impressions, we act as the principal in these arrangements and therefore report revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

 

The license fees for our licensed analytics solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions. We recognize revenue with respect to these solutions on a CPM-basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods. In limited cases, we charge a minimum monthly fee.

 

Deferred revenue arises as a result of contractual billings in excess of recognized revenue and differences between the timing of revenue recognition and receipt of cash from our clients.

 

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

 

We carry our accounts receivable at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, our management evaluates our accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past history of write-downs. A receivable is considered past due if we have not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. We generally do not require any security or collateral to support our receivables.

 

We extend credit to customers and generally do not require any security or collateral.  Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount.  We carry our accounts receivable balances at net realizable value. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable balances on a periodic basis and determine whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past history of write-downs. A receivable balance is considered past due if we have not received payments based on agreed-upon terms.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

 

Goodwill acquired in a purchase is assigned to the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. We assess goodwill for impairment, using a qualitative process, annually as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We operate as one operating segment and as a singular reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-08, “ Testing Goodwill for Impairment ,” which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit’s goodwill is necessary. If it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior accounting guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. In performing our qualitative assessment, we considered a number of factors, including macroeconomic conditions, the market for our industry, any developments with respect to our operating costs, the financial performance of our reporting unit, any changes to management or key personnel, and any changes to our intangible assets and their value. We concluded that there were no negative developments with respect to these factors that indicated that any goodwill is at risk of impairment and, therefore, no impairment losses related to goodwill were recorded.

 

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired.  During October 2013, we performed an impairment test relating to customer relationships acquired in connection with certain intangible assets that we acquired in 2012 and, based on such test, concluded that it is impaired.  We recorded an impairment amount of $0.1 million to reduce the carrying value of this intangible asset, which is included as part of amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.   Other than the impairment loss above, there were no other impairment losses identified and no other indicators of impairment to intangible assets for 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We include stock-based compensation expense as part of operating expenses in connection with the grant or modification of stock option awards, restricted stock unit awards, employee stock purchase plan awards, and other equity awards to our directors, employees and consultants. We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance on stock-based payment awards. Pursuant to the fair value recognition provisions of such guidance, stock-based payment awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $4.6 million, $3.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Information about the assumptions used in the calculation of stock-based compensation expense is set forth in “Note 13 — Stock-Based Compensation Expense” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

At December 31, 2014, total liabilities include $0.8 million of stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense related to our long-term sales incentive compensation plan.  Payments earned under the plan for the 2014 plan year will be made in stock-based payment awards to participants that remain employed with us through June 30, 2015, which will be paid in August 2015.  If any participant in our long-term sales incentive compensation plan is not employed on June 30, 2015, such participant will forfeit any rights to receive payment under the plan.  Refer to “Note 8 — Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

Income Taxes

 

Our income tax expense represents amounts paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year and includes any changes in deferred taxes during the year.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years

 

53



Table of Contents

 

in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences.  We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

Our deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics.  We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of our historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, we do not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because we believe it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is “more-likely-than-not” that the position will be sustained upon examination. Potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recognized in our provision for income taxes.

 

At December 31, 2014, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $155.5 million and $6.8 million and $5.1 million related to our international subsidiaries in Germany and United Kingdom, respectively.  The U.S. federal net operating losses will expire in various years beginning in 2026. Our foreign net operating loss carry-forwards can be carried forward without limitation in each respective country.  A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future.

 

Recent Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

For information with respect to recent accounting pronouncements and the impact of these pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements, refer to “Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

I TEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We maintain cash and a short-term investment portfolio consisting mainly of highly liquid, short-term money market funds, which we consider to be cash and cash equivalents, respectively.  The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes.  These investments earn interest at variable rates and, as a result, decreases in market interest rates would generally result in decreased interest income.  A 10% decline in interest rates occurring January 1, 2014 and sustained through the period ended December 31, 2014, would not have been material.  We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy relative to our overall objectives.

 

We were exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates related to our $32.5 million credit facility.  We currently do not have any outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.  Interest on our credit facility is tied to the lender’s prime rate and fluctuates periodically.  As a result, the interest rates on any of our outstanding debt obligations may fluctuate from time to time.  A sensitivity analysis was previously performed on our then-outstanding portion of our debt obligations in 2013.  Based on this analysis, we concluded that should the interest rate on our credit facility increase by 10.0%, the increase in our interest expense would not have been material to our financial results for the relevant period.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Due to our international operations, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to foreign denominated revenues and costs, which must be translated into U.S. dollars.  Historically, our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses primarily in Canada, Singapore and the United Kingdom, and, to a lesser extent, Germany in 2012.  The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented.  Substantially all of our advertiser contracts are currently denominated in U.S. dollars.  Therefore, we have minimal foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue.  These exposures may change over time as our business practices evolve and if our exposure increases, adverse movements in foreign currency exchanges rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

 

Inflation Risk

 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

 

Number

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

57

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

58

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

59

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

60

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in  Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

61

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

62

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

63

 

56



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tremor Video, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tremor Video, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tremor Video, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

New York, New York

March 13, 2015

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

77,787

 

$

92,691

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $883 and $959 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

46,765

 

41,458

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,571

 

1,912

 

Deferred tax assets, short-term

 

194

 

 

Total current assets

 

126,317

 

136,061

 

Long-term assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

600

 

600

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $5,027 and $3,618 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

5,574

 

3,388

 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $20,148 and $15,313 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

15,552

 

20,387

 

Goodwill

 

29,719

 

29,719

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

189

 

Other assets

 

243

 

216

 

Total long-term assets

 

51,688

 

54,499

 

Total assets

 

$

178,005

 

$

190,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

37,258

 

$

32,312

 

Deferred rent and security deposits payable, short-term

 

20

 

14

 

Deferred revenue

 

15

 

271

 

Deferred tax liabilities, short-term

 

 

189

 

Total current liabilities

 

37,293

 

32,786

 

Deferred rent, long-term

 

745

 

742

 

Deferred tax liabilities, long-term

 

194

 

 

Total liabilities

 

38,232

 

33,528

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 250,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; 51,106,254 and 49,998,274 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

5

 

5

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

274,094

 

267,767

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

98

 

195

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(134,424

)

(110,935

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

139,773

 

157,032

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

178,005

 

$

190,560

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

159,487

 

$

131,796

 

$

105,190

 

Cost of revenue

 

101,673

 

77,925

 

61,317

 

Gross profit

 

57,814

 

53,871

 

43,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development

 

16,992

 

11,637

 

8,144

 

Sales and marketing

 

42,623

 

38,496

 

35,042

 

General and administrative

 

14,712

 

10,950

 

10,824

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

6,675

 

6,310

 

5,992

 

Total operating expenses

 

81,002

 

67,393

 

60,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

(23,188

)

(13,522

)

(16,129

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(4

)

(127

)

(227

)

Other income (expense), net

 

46

 

339

 

(8

)

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

42

 

212

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(23,146

)

(13,310

)

(16,364

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

343

 

206

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

(23,489

)

(13,516

)

(16,644

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series F preferred stock deemed dividend

 

 

15,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(29,365

)

$

(16,644

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.46

)

$

(1.02

)

$

(2.22

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

50,637,541

 

28,761,700

 

7,499,986

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(13,516

)

$

(16,644

)

Series F preferred stock deemed dividend

 

 

15,849

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

(23,489

)

(29,365

)

(16,644

)

Other comprehensive (loss) gain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain on short-term investments available for sale

 

 

 

7

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(97

)

(150

)

(58

)

Comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(23,586

)

$

(29,515

)

$

(16,695

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(1)(3)

 

(2)(3)

 

Additional

 

Other

 

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Comprehensive

 

Accumulated

 

Equity

 

 

 

Share

 

Amount

 

Share

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Income

 

Deficit

 

(Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

 

32,563,192

 

$

162,082

 

7,183,241

 

$

1

 

$

13,921

 

$

396

 

$

(64,926

)

$

(50,608

)

Accretion of issuance costs

 

 

384

 

 

 

(384

)

 

 

(384

)

Exercise of stock option awards

 

 

 

369,890

 

 

433

 

 

 

433

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

2,919

 

 

 

2,919

 

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc.

 

 

 

169,131

 

 

863

 

 

 

863

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16,644

)

(16,644

)

Change in unrealized gain on short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58

)

 

(58

)

Balance as of December 31, 2012

 

32,563,192

 

162,466

 

7,722,262

 

1

 

17,752

 

345

 

(81,570

)

(63,472

)

Accretion of issuance costs

 

 

191

 

 

 

(191

)

 

 

(191

)

Common stock issuance, net of $8,402 issuance costs

 

 

 

7,500,000

 

1

 

66,597

 

 

 

66,598

 

Conversion of preferred stock

 

(32,563,192

)

(162,657

)

32,587,453

 

3

 

162,654

 

 

 

162,657

 

Series F preferred stock deemed dividend

 

 

 

1,584,863

 

 

15,849

 

 

(15,849

)

 

Reclassification of liability warrants to equity warrants

 

 

 

 

 

790

 

 

 

790

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

 

64,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options awards

 

 

 

539,629

 

 

912

 

 

 

912

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

3,404

 

 

 

3,404

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,516

)

(13,516

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

(150

)

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

49,998,274

 

5

 

267,767

 

195

 

(110,935

)

157,032

 

Exercise of stock options awards

 

 

 

773,411

 

 

767

 

 

 

767

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

4,607

 

 

 

4,607

 

Common stock issued for settlement of restricted stock units net of 173,707 shares withheld to satisfy income tax withholding obligations

 

 

 

334,569

 

 

953

 

 

 

953

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,489

)

(23,489

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

(97

)

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 

 

$

 

51,106,254

 

$

5

 

$

274,094

 

$

98

 

$

(134,424

)

$

139,773

 

 


(1)          Preferred Stock, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, included several series of preferred stock, refer to note 11.

 

(2)          Common Stock, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, included two series of common stock, refer to note 11.

 

(3)         All share amounts have been restated to reflect a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split, refer to note 11.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(13,516

)

$

(16,644

)

Adjustments required to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

6,675

 

6,310

 

5,992

 

Bad debt (recovery) expense

 

(16

)

(19

)

70

 

Mark-to-market (income) expense

 

(6

)

(313

)

22

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

4,622

 

3,404

 

2,919

 

Stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense

 

673

 

1,614

 

 

Change in unrealized gain on short-term investments available for sale

 

 

 

7

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in accounts receivable

 

(5,394

)

(5,428

)

(2,242

)

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses, other current assets and other long-term assets

 

299

 

(964

)

(355

)

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

5,899

 

9,604

 

4,787

 

Increase in deferred rent and security deposits payable

 

9

 

129

 

166

 

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue

 

(256

)

61

 

175

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(10,984

)

882

 

(5,103

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(4,026

)

(2,705

)

(1,156

)

Maturities of short-term investments

 

 

 

8,652

 

Changes in restricted cash

 

 

621

 

36

 

Acquisition of Transpera, Inc., net of cash acquired

 

 

 

15

 

Acquisition of InPlay

 

 

 

(1,950

)

Purchase of Domain Name

 

 

 

(50

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(4,026

)

(2,084

)

5,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from common stock issuance, net of $8,402 issuance costs

 

 

66,598

 

 

Repayment of amount outstanding under credit facility

 

 

(6,000

)

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock option awards

 

767

 

912

 

433

 

Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units

 

(565

)

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

202

 

61,510

 

433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(14,808

)

60,308

 

877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

 

(96

)

(150

)

(58

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

92,691

 

32,533

 

31,714

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

77,787

 

$

92,691

 

$

32,533

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1. Organization and Description of Business

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “Company”) is an advertising technology company elevating brand performance across all screens for the world’s leading brands and publishers.  The Company offers brand advertisers and publishers complete programmatic solutions to reach and engage consumers while providing transparency into what drives the success of brand advertising performance across multiple screens, including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs.  The Company offers advertisers access to premium and often exclusive streaming video inventory and advanced real-time optimization capabilities at scale across multiple internet-connected devices in brand safe environments.  In addition, the Company provides advanced video analytic capabilities for advertisers and publishers, to measure, verify and evaluate the performance of their video ad campaigns.

 

The Company is headquartered in the State of New York.

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tremor Video, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. The Company’s management believes that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used are reasonable based upon information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company’s management evaluates estimates, including those related to fair values and useful lives of intangible assets, fair values of stock-based awards, income taxes, and contingent liabilities. Such estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

 

All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality.  The Company’s cash and cash equivalents may exceed federally insured limits at times.  The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date.

 

The Company determines collectability of its accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations and monitoring its customers’ accounts receivable balances. For new customers and their agents, which may be advertising agencies or other third-parties, the Company performs a credit check with an independent credit agency and may check credit references to determine creditworthiness. The Company only recognizes revenue when collection is reasonably assured.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no advertisers that accounted for more than 10% of revenue.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no advertisers that accounted for more than 10% of outstanding accounts receivables.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers cash deposits and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximates their cost plus accrued interest because of the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company utilizes fair value measurements when required. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, restricted cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses and security deposits payable approximate fair values as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 due to the short-term nature of those instruments.

 

Restricted Cash

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had total restricted cash outstanding of $600, which was used to collateralize a standby letter of credit for its office space in New York, New York.

 

Accounts Receivable, Net

 

The Company extends credit to customers and generally does not require any security or collateral.  Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount.  The Company carries its accounts receivable balances at net realizable value. Management evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable balances on a periodic basis and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past history of write-downs. An accounts receivable balance is considered past due if the Company has not received payments based on agreed-upon terms.

 

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Computer hardware

 

3 years

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

7 years

 

Computer software

 

3 years

 

Office equipment

 

3 years

 

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the life of the asset. The cost of additions, and expenditures that extend the useful lives of existing assets, are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company periodically reviews long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset is impaired or the estimated useful lives are no longer appropriate. If indicators of impairment exist and the undiscounted projected cash flows associated with such assets are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded to write the assets down to their estimated fair values. Fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flows.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their useful lives.  The Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives of purchased intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.  Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

 

The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually as of October 1st, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit’s goodwill is necessary.

 

If it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior authoritative guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. The Company has not identified any impairment of its goodwill at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and therefore, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, no impairment losses related to goodwill were recorded.

 

Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method as follows:

 

Technology

 

5 to 7 years

 

Customer relationships

 

5 to 10 years

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

5 to 7 years

 

Non-competition agreements

 

1 year

 

 

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired.  During October 2013, the Company performed an impairment test relating to customer relationships acquired in connection with certain intangible assets acquired in 2012 and, based on such test, concluded that it was impaired.  The Company recorded an impairment amount of $132 to reduce the carrying value of this intangible asset, which was included as part of amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Company has not identified any other impairment losses on the remaining intangible assets, or long-lived assets, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

 

Deferred rent liability

 

The Company recognizes and records rent expense related to its lease agreements, which includes scheduled rent increases, on a straight-line basis beginning on the commencement date over the life of the lease.  The Company also recognizes and records rent concessions, in the form of reduced rent payments, on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement.

 

Differences between straight-line rent expense and actual rent payments are recorded as deferred rent and presented as either a current or long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheets based on the term of the respective lease.

 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company generated revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network.  The Company also generated revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers.  Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of the viewers.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured.  Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history.  Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue. The Company recognizes revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered.  In addition to traditional fixed cost per thousand impressions (“CPM”) based pricing models where an advertiser pays based on the number of ad impressions delivered, the Company also offers a number of performance-based pricing models where the Company is compensated only when viewers take certain actions or when certain campaign results are achieved.  For campaigns sold on a CPM basis, the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery of impressions, or delivery of impressions to a specific target demographic for CPM-priced ad campaigns with demo guarantees.  With respect to the Company’s performance based pricing models, the Company recognizes revenue only when the specified action is taken or campaign result is achieved.

 

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the Company’s transactions.  In determining whether the Company acts as the principal or an agent, the Company follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations.  The determination of whether the Company is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement.  While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Company is the primary obligor and is responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, (4) all billing or service-related issues related to the purchase of video advertising inventory as clients do not have a direct relationship with publishers that provide such inventory, and (5) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising even if the Company lacks a video advertising campaign to deliver to these video ad impressions, the Company acts as the principal in these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

 

The license fees for the Company’s licensed analytics solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions.  The Company recognizes revenue with respect to these solutions on a cost per impression basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month.  Typically, the Company’s license terms are for one year periods.  In limited cases, the Company charges a minimum monthly fee. Deferred revenue arises as a result of contractual billings in excess of recognized revenue and differences between the timing of revenue recognition and receipt of cash from the Company’s clients.

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were $15 and $271, respectively, of amounts either billed in excess of recognized revenue or for services for which cash payments were received in advance of the Company’s performance of the service under the arrangement and recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue primarily represents video advertising inventory costs under the Company’s publisher contracts, third-party hosting fees and third-party serving fees incurred to deliver the video ads.  Cost of revenue also includes costs of licenses from third-party data providers utilized in the Company’s solutions.  Substantially all of the Company’s cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under its publisher contracts.  Cost of revenue is recognized on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time that the associated advertising revenue is recognized.  Substantially all of the Company’s exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that the Company must purchase this inventory even if the Company lacks a video advertising campaign to deliver to these video ad impressions.  The Company recognizes the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered on the publisher’s website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period.  Historically, the impact of the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material. Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

Technology and Development Expenses

 

Technology and development costs primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel. Additional expenses in this category include costs related to development, quality assurance and testing of new technology, maintenance and enhancement of the Company’s existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead. The Company engages third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance, and support. Due to the rapid development and changes in the Company’s business and underlying technology to date, the Company has expensed development costs in the same period that those costs were incurred.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for sales, marketing and creative employees and the advertiser focused, publisher focused and licensing solution focused sales and sales support employees. Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. These costs are expensed when incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs, which are comprised of print and internet advertising, were $688, $833 and $1,372 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expenses

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense under FASB ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” which requires the measurement and recognition of stock-based compensation expense based on estimated fair values, for all stock-based payment awards made to employees, and FASB ASC 505-50, “ Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees ,” which requires the measurement and recognition of stock-based compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of services or goods being received, for all stock-based payment awards made to other service providers and non-employees.

 

The Company measures its stock-based payment awards based on its estimate of the fair value of such award using an option-pricing model, for stock option awards, and the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, for restricted stock unit awards.  The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its stock-based payment awards, which have graded vesting criteria based on service conditions, using the straight-line method, over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

 

In the event of modification of the conditions on which stock-based payment awards were granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the stock-based payment arrangement or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, other service provider or non-employee at the modification date.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes represents amounts paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year and includes any changes in deferred taxes during the year.  The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences.  The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics.  The Company reduces the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of the Company’s historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, the Company does not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance against

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because the Company believes it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is “more-likely-than-not” that the position will be sustained upon examination. Potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recognized in its provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.

 

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, adjusted to reflect potentially dilutive securities using the treasury stock method for warrants to purchase mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (“preferred stock”), warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, stock option awards and restricted stock unit awards.  Due to the Company’s net loss attributable to common stockholders: (i) warrants to purchase preferred stock; (ii) warrants to purchase common stock; (iii) preferred stock; (iv) stock option awards; and (v) restricted stock unit awards were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, as the effects would be anti-dilutive.  Accordingly, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is equal for the years presented.

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

Comprehensive loss consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive loss and its components are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

The functional currency of the Company’s international subsidiaries is their local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities, and average exchange rates for revenue and expenses. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity.  For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, foreign currency translation adjustment losses of $97, $150, and $58, respectively, were recorded as a component of comprehensive loss in the consolidated financial statements.  Realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they occur, except on inter-company balances considered to be long-term. Transaction gains and losses on inter-company balances which are considered to be long-term are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company considers its inter-company balances to be long-term in nature. Net gains resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies was accounted for in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and totaled $14, $12, and $28 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 — Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued an ASU that provides a comprehensive model for recognizing revenue with customers.  This update clarifies and replaces all existing revenue recognition guidance within U.S. GAAP and may be adopted retrospectively for all periods presented or adopted using a modified retrospective approach.  This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (beginning with the Company’s first quarter in 2017), with no early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the adoption method to apply and the impact that the update will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 — Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued an ASU related to the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits. This requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists, with limited exceptions. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013.  The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2014.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

3.  Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement.  The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.  If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument will be categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.  The three-tiers are defined as follows:

 

·   Level 1 .   Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

·   Level 2. Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

·   Level 3. Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds (1)

 

$

68,570

 

$

 

$

 

$

68,570

 

$

89,042

 

$

 

$

 

$

89,042

 

 

 

$

68,570

 

$

 

$

 

$

68,570

 

$

89,042

 

$

 

$

 

$

89,042

 

 


(1)          Money market funds are included within cash and cash equivalents in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  As short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash, the Company’s money market funds have carrying values that approximates its fair value.  Amounts above do not include $9,217 and $3,649 of operating cash balances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

3.  Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

 

The following tables present the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

2013

 

Beginning balance at January 1,(1)

 

$

1,103

 

Mark-to-market income before reclassifications

 

(313

)

Reclassification to additional paid-in capital

 

(790

)

Ending balance at December 31,(1)

 

$

 

 


(1)          The Company used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants to purchase preferred stock.  Significant inputs included an estimate of the fair value of the Company’s preferred stock as of December 31, 2012, the remaining contractual life of the warrant, a risk-free rate of interest, and an estimate of the Company’s stock volatility based on an analysis of peer companies.  In connection with the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), these warrants to purchase preferred stock were adjusted to fair value through July 2, 2013 and were subsequently reclassified to additional paid-in capital (refer to note 11).

 

4.  Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

1,406

 

$

1,704

 

Prepaid rent

 

165

 

 

Prepaid taxes

 

 

208

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

1,571

 

$

1,912

 

 

5.  Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer hardware

 

$

5,880

 

$

3,908

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

1,768

 

1,090

 

Leasehold improvements

 

1,749

 

1,422

 

Computer software

 

991

 

482

 

Office equipment

 

213

 

104

 

Total

 

10,601

 

7,006

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(5,027

)

(3,618

)

Total property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

$

5,574

 

$

3,388

 

 

The depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $1,840, $1,312, and $1,104 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Company recorded a reduction of $431 and $771 to the cost and accumulated depreciation of fully depreciated equipment and leasehold improvements no longer in use for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

6.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

 

The total balance of goodwill as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $29,719.  There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Information regarding the Company’s acquisition-related intangible assets, net is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Technology

 

$

24,500

 

$

(14,491

)

$

10,009

 

Customer relationships

 

8,900

 

(4,069

)

4,831

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

1,650

 

(988

)

662

 

Non-competition agreements

 

600

 

(600

)

 

Domain name(1)

 

50

 

 

50

 

Total acquisition-related intangible assets, net

 

$

35,700

 

$

(20,148

)

$

15,552

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Technology

 

$

24,500

 

$

(10,865

)

$

13,635

 

Customer relationships(2)

 

8,900

 

(3,109

)

5,791

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

1,650

 

(739

)

911

 

Non-competition agreements

 

600

 

(600

)

 

Domain name(1)

 

50

 

 

50

 

Total acquisition-related intangible assets, net

 

$

35,700

 

$

(15,313

)

$

20,387

 

 


(1)          This intangible asset is considered to have an indefinite useful life and, therefore, not subject to amortization.

 

(2)          During October 2013, the Company performed an impairment test relating to customer relationships acquired in connection with certain intangible assets acquired in 2012 and, based on such test, concluded that it was impaired.  The Company recorded an impairment amount of $132 to reduce the carrying value of this intangible asset, which was included as part of amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Company has not identified any other impairment losses on the remaining intangible assets, or long-lived assets, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.

 

Amortization expense amounted to $4,835, $4,998 and $4,888 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The estimated future amortization expenses of the acquisition-related intangible assets that are considered to have a definite life, as of December 31, 2014, for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2015

 

$

4,836

 

2016

 

4,420

 

2017

 

3,956

 

2018

 

780

 

2019

 

780

 

2020 and thereafter

 

730

 

Total(1)

 

$

15,502

 

 


(1)          Total estimated future amortization expenses exclude any intangible assets considered to have an indefinite useful life.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

7.  Income Taxes

 

The components of the Company’s loss before income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Loss before provision for income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

(22,248

)

$

(14,408

)

$

(13,871

)

Foreign

 

(898

)

1,098

 

(2,493

)

Total loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(23,146

)

$

(13,310

)

$

(16,364

)

 

The Company’s income tax provision, which consists of minimum U.S. state and local taxes, consists of the following:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Provision for current income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

U.S. state and local

 

328

 

199

 

280

 

Foreign

 

15

 

7

 

 

Total provision for current income taxes

 

343

 

206

 

280

 

Provision for deferred income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

 

 

 

U.S. state and local

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

Total provision for deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

343

 

$

206

 

$

280

 

 

A reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate, by applying such rates to loss before income tax provision, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

 

(34.00

)%

(34.00

)%

(34.00

)%

State income tax rate, net of U.S. federal tax benefit

 

0.94

 

6.69

 

1.11

 

Change in income tax rates

 

1.73

 

(8.33

)

(4.49

)

Other

 

1.40

 

(0.45

)

(1.40

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

2.70

 

3.85

 

2.99

 

Change in deferred tax asset valuation

 

28.71

 

33.79

 

37.50

 

Effective tax rate

 

1.48

%

1.55

%

1.71

%

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

7.  Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses and tax credits

 

$

39,720

 

$

37,023

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

1,830

 

1,136

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

371

 

388

 

Accrued expenses

 

333

 

737

 

Deferred rent

 

317

 

307

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

221

 

394

 

Capitalization of research and development, and start-up costs

 

 

1,203

 

Other

 

115

 

176

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

42,907

 

41,364

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

(36,803

)

(33,213

)

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

6,104

 

8,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

(6,079

)

(8,126

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

(16

)

(18

)

Other

 

(9

)

(7

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(6,104

)

(8,151

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

$

 

$

 

 

For financial and tax reporting purposes, the Company has incurred net operating losses in each period since its inception and, therefore, a significant portion of the deferred tax assets recognized relate to such net operating losses.  In determining whether the Company may realize the benefits from these deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available objective and subjective evidence, both positive and negative.  Based on the weight of such evidence, a valuation allowance on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis is necessary for some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets since the Company cannot be assured that, more likely than not, such amounts will be realized.  Based on the available objective and subjective evidence, including the Company’s history of net operating losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Accordingly, the Company provided a valuation allowance on the entire deferred tax assets balance to reflect the uncertainty regarding the realizability of these assets for the periods presented.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s valuation allowance has increased by $3,590 to $36,803, compared to December 31, 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $155,471, and foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of $6,787 and $5,142 related to its international subsidiaries in Germany and United Kingdom, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxable income in those jurisdictions. The U.S. federal net operating losses will expire in various years beginning in 2026 through 2034. The Company’ foreign net operating loss carry-forwards can be carried forward without limitation in each respective country.  The U.S. federal net operating losses includes acquired tax loss carry-forwards of Transpera, Inc. (“Transpera”) and ScanScout, Inc. (“ScanScout”), which are subject to limitation on future utilization under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Section 382”). Section 382 imposes limitations on the availability of a company’s net operating losses after a more than 50 percentage point ownership change occurs. It is estimated that the effect of Section 382 will generally limit the amount of the net operating loss carry-forwards of Transpera and ScanScout that are available to offset future taxable income to approximately $160 and $2,220, respectively, annually. The overall determination of the annual loss limitation is subject to interpretation, and, therefore, the annual loss limitation could be subject to change.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

7.  Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Included in the U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards, but not included in the table above are approximately $3,875 of net operating losses from excess tax deductions attributable to equity compensation. The tax benefit of the excess tax deduction attributable to stock-based compensation expense will be recorded to additional paid-in-capital when it reduces U.S. federal income taxes payable.

 

The Company did not record any amounts related to uncertain tax positions or tax contingencies at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the primary tax jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax were the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions (primarily the State and City of New York), Singapore and United Kingdom. Since the Company is in a net operating loss position, the Company is generally subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for all years for which a net operating loss carry-forward is available. The Company’s open tax years extend back to 2005. In the event that the Company concludes that it is subject to interest or penalties arising from uncertain tax positions, the Company will record interest and penalties as a component of provision for income taxes. No amounts of interest or penalties were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

8.  Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

$

27,218

 

$

24,121

 

Accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes(1)

 

6,992

 

5,612

 

Accrued cost of sales

 

1,722

 

1,267

 

Other payables and accrued expenses

 

1,326

 

1,312

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

37,258

 

$

32,312

 

 


(1) At December 31, 2014 and 2013, accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes includes $768 and $1,614 of stock-based long-term incentive compensation expense, respectively, related to the Company’s long-term sales incentive compensation plan.  Payments earned under the long-term sales incentive compensation plan for the 2013 plan year were paid in stock-based payment awards in August 2014 to participants that remained employed through June 30, 2014.  The Company issued an aggregate total of 293,650 shares to employees under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)  on account of such payments, net of 173,169 shares withheld to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in the amount of $565, which were remitted to tax authorities.  Payments earned under the plan for the 2014 plan year will be made in stock-based payment awards to participants that remain employed with the Company through June 30, 2015, which will be paid in August 2015.  If any participant in the Company’s long-term sales incentive compensation plan is not employed on June 30, 2015, such participant will forfeit any rights to receive payment under the plan for the 2014 plan year.

 

9.  Credit Facility

 

The Company is party to a Loan and Security Agreement (“Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), dated as of June 7, 2007, as amended.

 

On October 20, 2014, the Company amended its Loan Agreement to, among other things: (i) increase the Company’s revolving credit facility from $25,000 to $32,500; (ii) add a letter of credit, foreign exchange and cash management facility in an aggregate amount of $2,500; (iii) reduce the Company’s interest rate from SVB’s prime rate plus 0.50% to SVB’s prime rate; (iv) increase the fee for unused capacity from 0.20% to 0.25% per year and is payable quarterly; (v) adjust the quick ratio financial covenant from 1.50 to 1.00 to 1.25 to 1.00; and (vi) extend the maturity date to December 30, 2016.

 

On October 21, 2014, SVB issued an irrevocable standby letter of credit in the amount of $1,532 in favor of the landlord as additional collateral pursuant to the terms of the Company’s New Lease (refer to note 10).  The irrevocable standby letter of credit can be drawn down from amounts available under the credit facility, is for a one-year term expiring on October 21, 2015, and may be automatically extended for an additional one-year term.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

9.  Credit Facility (Continued)

 

On July 30, 2013, the Company repaid $6,033, in principal borrowings and accrued interest expense under its credit facility.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any borrowings outstanding under the credit facility.

 

Pursuant to the credit facility, as amended, the Company can incur revolver borrowings up to the lesser of $32,500 and a borrowing base equal to 80.0% of eligible accounts receivable.  Any outstanding principal amounts borrowed under the credit facility must be paid at maturity.  Interest under the credit facility is payable monthly.

 

The credit facility includes customary conditions to borrowing, covenants and events of default.  The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the credit facility as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

As collateral for its obligations under the credit facility, the Company granted a first priority security interest to SVB in all assets of the Company other than intellectual property.  The Company is also required to maintain all of its cash and cash equivalents at accounts with SVB, unless the Company maintains at least $30,000 of cash and cash equivalents with SVB, in which case the Company can maintain the excess with another banking institution.  The Company has agreed not to pledge its intellectual property as collateral without SVB’s prior written consent.

 

10.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Commitments

 

The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates.  In addition, the Company utilizes co-location services for its servers and other computer hardware.  These services are multi-year, non-cancellable agreements that are similar in form to a lease on office space.  The Company also contracted for other marketing services under various non-cancellable agreements that expire at various dates through 2015.

 

On October 27, 2014, the Company entered into a lease for its new principal executive offices at 1501 Broadway, New York, New York, for approximately 51,000 square feet of office space (the “New Lease”).  The initial ten-year term of the New Lease commenced on January 7, 2015, and the Company is in the process of relocating to this new office space.  The Company continues to lease approximately 22,000 square feet of leased office space at its existing principal executive offices in New York, New York pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2021. The Company is actively pursuing sublease tenants for this space, but there can be no assurance the Company will be able to sublease this property and even if the Company does sublease the property, the Company will remain liable to the landlord under this lease.

 

As of December 31, 2014, future minimum payment commitments required under the Company’s non-cancellable office space leases, including the lease for its existing principal executive offices and the New Lease, co-location agreements and marketing services for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2015

 

$

2,697

 

2016

 

4,335

 

2017

 

3,656

 

2018

 

2,987

 

2019

 

2,958

 

2020 and thereafter

 

12,634

 

Total operating commitments

 

$

29,267

 

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $1,733, $1,479, and $1,397, respectively.

 

Letters of Credit

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $600 related to its existing principal executive offices in New York, New York. Refer to note 9 for further discussion on the Company’s standby letter of credit relating to its New Lease.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

10.  Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

Legal Contingencies

 

The Company is occasionally involved with various claims and litigation during the normal course of business.  Reserves are established in connection with such matters when a loss is probable and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, no material reserves were recorded. No reserves are established for losses which are only reasonably possible.  The determination of probability and the estimation of the actual amount of any such loss are inherently unpredictable, and it is therefore possible that the eventual outcome of such claims and litigation could exceed the estimated reserves, if any.  Based upon the Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it generally does not believe it is reasonably probable that any proceedings or possible related claims will have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In November 2013, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, its directors and certain of its executive officers. The lawsuit alleges certain misrepresentations by the Company in connection with its IPO concerning its business and prospects.  The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages.  On February 7, 2014, the Court entered an order appointing lead plaintiff and lead counsel.  On April 22, 2014, lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On July 14, 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.  On August 28, 2014, lead plaintiffs filed their opposition to the motion to dismiss.  On September 18, 2014, the Company filed a reply in support of the motion to dismiss the amended complaint.  The Company intends to vigorously defend against these claims. Refer to note 19 for further discussion.

 

11.  Stockholders’ Equity

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On June 13, 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 1-for-1.5 reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock, common stock, and the renaming of the Series I common stock to common stock.  The par value of the common stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split.  The original issue prices for all series of preferred stock were proportionately adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.  All authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock, preferred stock and per share amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split and the renaming of the “Series I common stock” to “common stock” for all periods presented.

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

On July 2, 2013, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the Company’s amended and restated certification of incorporation to, among other things, (i) increase the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock which the Company is authorized to issue to 250,000,000 shares, (ii) eliminate all references to the various series of preferred stock that were previously authorized (including certain protective measures held by the various series of preferred stock), except for the reference to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock that may be issued, and with terms to be set, by the Company’s board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) eliminate all references to the series II common stock.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On July 2, 2013, the Company closed its IPO of common stock in which the Company issued and sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock.  Upon closing of the IPO, all of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock automatically converted into 34,172,316 shares of common stock, which includes a one-time $15,849 non-cash preferred stock deemed dividend related to the issuance of 1,584,863 of additional shares of common stock in connection with the Series F preferred stock ratchet provision (refer below for further discussion) and all of the Company’s outstanding Series II common stock automatically converted into 1,052,464 shares of common stock.  In addition, the outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock automatically converted into warrants to purchase 142,534 shares of common stock, and the warrants to purchase preferred stock liability of $790, which includes a $313 adjustment for the change in fair value from January 1, 2013 through July 2, 2013, was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.  Refer to note 3 for further discussion.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

11.  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

Series F Preferred Stock Ratchet Provision

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had several classes of $0.0001 par value preferred stock outstanding.  The terms of the Company’s Series F preferred stock provided that the ratio at which each share of such series would automatically convert into shares of common stock would increase, from a 1:1 basis, if a qualified IPO price was below $13.997 per share, which represented the original issue price of $9.3314 (the “conversion price”) adjusted for other anti-dilution provisions pursuant to the terms of the Series F preferred stock.  The Company therefore concluded that such conversion ratio and conversion price were contingently adjustable based on a future events and such effects would not be recognized in earnings until such contingency had been resolved, in this case July 2, 2013.   Based on the Company’s IPO price of $10.00 per share, the conversion ratio automatically increased to a 1:1.3997 basis, with the conversion price automatically adjusting and decreasing to $6.6667 (the “adjusted conversion price”).  As a result, on July 2, 2013 upon the closing of the Company’s IPO, the outstanding shares of Series F preferred stock automatically converted into an aggregate total of 5,549,989 shares of common stock, which included 1,584,863 additional shares of common stock related to the ratchet provision described above.

 

As the fair value of the common stock to be received upon conversion (the IPO price of $10.00 per share) of the Series F preferred stock was greater than the adjusted conversion price, the conversion of the Series F preferred stock resulted in a beneficial conversion feature, analogous to a preferred stock dividend.  The beneficial conversion feature was calculated as the difference between the number of shares of common stock each holder of such series would receive upon the automatic conversion and the number of shares contingently issuable just prior to the automatic conversion based on the initial conversion price multiplied by the IPO price of $10.00 per share, which represents the fair value of the common stock on the date of conversion.  On July 2, 2013, the Company recorded a one-time $15,849 non-cash preferred stock deemed dividend related to the issuance of additional common shares resulting from the ratchet provision.  Such non-cash preferred stock deemed dividend results in an increase to net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholders and, consequently, results in an adjustment to the Company’s computation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock and Common Stock

 

Prior to the Company’s IPO in 2013, the Company issued certain warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with its financing arrangements.  These warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercisable at any time prior to expiration.  The Company concluded that freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either put-able or mandatorily redeemable) were accounted for as liabilities, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or price, even though the underlying shares may be classified as equity.

 

On July 2, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Company’s IPO, all of the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase common stock in the aggregate of 142,534 shares of common stock.  This conversion resulted in the warrants to purchase common stock being reclassified to additional paid-in capital (refer to above discussion under “ Initial Public Offering ”).

 

Mark-to-market income (expense) related to the fair value measurement of these warrants to purchase preferred stock were $313 and $(24) for the years ended December 31, 2013 (through July 2, 2013) and 2012, respectively.

 

On July 25, 2013, SVB exercised, in full, the following warrants to acquire common stock pursuant to a cashless net exercise: (i) warrants to acquire 17,607 shares of common stock, net of 14,052 shares of common stock tendered to the Company, at an exercise price of $3.79 per share, with an expiration date of February 8, 2020, (ii) warrants to acquire 16,210 shares of common stock, net of 19,321 shares of common stock tendered to the Company, at an exercise price of $4.64 per share, with an expiration date of December 7, 2018 and (iii) warrants to acquire 30,250 shares of common stock, net of 5,270 shares of common stock tendered to the Company, at an exercise price of $1.27 per share, with an expiration date of June 7, 2017.  The number of shares tendered to the Company to satisfy the exercise price for the warrants was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on July 24, 2013.  In aggregate, the Company issued 64,067 shares of common stock to SVB in connection with these exercises.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

11.  Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase common stock as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Warrants

 

Grant Date 

 

Expiration Date

 

Per Share

 

Outstanding

 

October 28, 2013

 

June 30, 2017

 

$

2.46

 

31,130

 

August 12, 2013

 

June 26, 2016

 

$

5.76

 

8,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,824

 

 

12.  Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

The following table provides the components of accumulated other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment

 

Total

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2014

 

$

195

 

$

195

 

Other comprehensive loss(1)

 

(97

)

(97

)

Ending balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

98

 

$

98

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment

 

Total

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2013

 

$

345

 

$

345

 

Other comprehensive loss(1)

 

(150

)

(150

)

Ending balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

195

 

$

195

 

 


(1) For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no reclassifications to or from accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

13.  Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

The Company included stock-based compensation expense related to all of the Company’s stock-based payments awards in various operating expense categories for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Stock-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and development

 

$

907

 

$

549

 

$

422

 

Sales and marketing(1)

 

1,506

 

1,188

 

1,020

 

General and administrative

 

2,209

 

1,667

 

1,477

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

4,622

 

$

3,404

 

$

2,919

 

 


(1)          Includes $15 in stock-based compensation expense related to a non-employee third-party stock grant issued in 2014.

 

Stock-Based Incentive Plans

 

On June 26, 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Plan.  The Company has stock option awards outstanding under five stock-based incentive plans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, including, in each case, two plans that were assumed as part of the acquisition of ScanScout.  The Company has restricted stock unit awards outstanding, under its 2013 Plan, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

The Company’s initial share reserve under the 2013 Plan upon adoption was 1,333,333 shares of common stock. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan increases automatically on the first day of January of each year, for a period of ten years, continuing through and including January 1, 2023, by the lesser of 4% of the total number of shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 st , or a lesser number of shares determined by the Company’s board of directors.  The maximum term for stock option awards granted under the 2013 Plan may not exceed ten years from the date of grant.  The 2013 Plan will terminate ten years from the date of approval unless it is terminated earlier by the compensation committee of the board of directors.

 

Stock Option Awards Outstanding

 

The following table presents summary information of the Company’s stock option awards outstanding and exercisable under all plans as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

Average

 

 

 

Remaining

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Options

 

Life

 

Price

 

Options

 

Life

 

Price

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Outstanding

 

(Years)

 

Per Share

 

Exercisable

 

(Years)

 

Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.26 - $0.44

 

102,614

 

1.32

 

$

0.31

 

102,614

 

1.32

 

$

0.31

 

$0.53 - $0.64

 

226,633

 

3.13

 

0.75

 

226,633

 

3.13

 

0.75

 

$1.11 - $1.49

 

943,284

 

4.52

 

1.28

 

943,284

 

4.52

 

1.28

 

$2.66 - $3.72

 

437,907

 

9.20

 

3.09

 

44,331

 

5.38

 

2.66

 

$4.27 - $5.90

 

4,571,961

 

6.79

 

4.59

 

3,215,995

 

6.06

 

4.54

 

$8.15 - $9.64

 

542,743

 

8.38

 

8.44

 

207,094

 

8.15

 

8.39

 

 

 

6,825,142

 

6.56

 

4.15

 

4,739,951

 

5.60

 

3.77

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

13.  Stock-Based Compensation Expense (Continued)

 

The following table presents summary information of the Company’s stock option awards outstanding and exercisable under all plans as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Stock Option

 

Average

 

 

 

Awards

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Per Share

 

Stock option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013

 

7,302,761

 

$

3.96

 

Stock option awards granted

 

1,006,094

 

3.88

 

Stock option awards forfeited

 

(710,302

)

5.30

 

Stock option awards exercised

 

(773,411

)

0.99

 

Stock option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

6,825,142

 

4.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option awards vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2014

 

4,739,951

 

3.77

 

 

Stock option awards are generally granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, generally vest over periods up to four years, have a one year cliff with monthly vesting thereafter, and have terms not to exceed 10 years.

 

Other selected information is as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate fair value of stock option awards vested

 

$

3,116

 

$

2,802

 

$

2,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock option awards

 

2,252

 

6,741

 

17,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value of stock option awards exercised

 

2,407

 

3,525

 

1,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of stock option awards granted

 

1.84

 

3.23

 

2.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds received from stock option awards exercised

 

767

 

912

 

433

 

 

The fair value for stock option awards granted under all plans was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Calculating the fair value of the stock option awards requires subjective assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected term of the stock option awards and stock price volatility. The Company estimates the expected life of stock option awards granted based on the simplified method, which the Company believes, is representative of the actual characteristics of the awards. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock on the date of grant based on the historic volatility of comparable companies in its industry.  Risk-free interest rates are based on yields from United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term consistent with the expected term of the awards in effect at the time of grant. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and has no current plan to do so. Consequently, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

13.  Stock-Based Compensation Expense (Continued)

 

The following table presents the assumptions for stock option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

48% - 49

%

47% - 54

%

56% - 57

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.77% - 2.01

%

0.86% - 1.88

%

0.60% - 1.17

%

Expected life (in years)

 

5.74 - 6.00

 

5.50 - 6.08

 

5.12 - 6.09

 

Dividend yield

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

There was $4,772 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans as of December 31, 2014.  This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.78 years.

 

Non-vested Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) Awards Outstanding

 

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock unit award activity under all plans and related information for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Average

 

 

 

Stock

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Awards

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Per Share

 

Non-vested restricted stock unit awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013

 

70,119

 

$

9.63

 

Restricted stock unit awards granted

 

1,771,861

 

$

3.70

 

Restricted stock unit awards forfeited

 

(171,999

)

$

5.12

 

Restricted stock unit awards vested

 

(508,276

)

$

3.34

 

Non-vested restricted stock unit awards outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

1,161,705

 

$

3.82

 

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock unit awards outstanding

 

$

4,438

 

$

675

 

$

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $3,447 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock unit awards.  This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.42 years.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

On April 22, 2014, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2014 ESPP”), which was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders on June 16, 2014.  The 2014 ESPP allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock generally at six-month intervals, or offering periods, at a price equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value at the beginning of the offering period or (ii) the fair market value at the end of the offering period, or the purchase date.

 

Employees purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total base salary.  The 2014 ESPP imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to purchase shares, including the following: (1) no employee may purchase more than 5,000 shares on any one purchase date and (2) no employee may purchase shares with a fair market value in

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

13.  Stock-Based Compensation Expense (Continued)

 

excess of $25 in any calendar year.

 

No more than 2,000,000 shares of common stock are reserved for future issuance under the 2014 ESPP.  The Company’s first offering period commenced in August 2014 and will end in February 2015.

 

The fair value for each award under the 2014 ESPP was estimated at the date of grant, at the beginning of the offering period, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Calculating the fair value of the ESPP awards requires subjective assumptions, including, but not limited to, the expected term of the ESPP award and stock price volatility. The Company estimates the expected life of the awards granted under the 2014 ESPP based on the duration of the offering periods, which is six months.  The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock on the date of grant based on the historic volatility of comparable companies in its industry. Risk-free interest rates are based on yields from United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term consistent with the expected term of the awards in effect at the time of grant. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and has no current plan to do so. Consequently, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the following assumptions were used for awards issued under the 2014 ESPP:

 

 

 

2014

 

Volatility

 

33.82

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.05

%

Expected life (in years)

 

0.50

 

Dividend yield

 

0.00

%

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $45 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to awards under the 2014 ESPP. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than one year.

 

14.  Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(13,516

)

$

(16,644

)

Series F preferred stock deemed dividend(1)

 

 

15,849

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(23,489

)

$

(29,365

)

$

(16,644

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

 

50,637,541

 

28,761,700

 

7,499,986

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(0.46

)

$

(1.02

)

$

(2.22

)

 


(1)          On July 2, 2013, the Company closed its IPO in which the Company issued and sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock.  Refer to note 11 for further discussion on the Company’s IPO.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

14.  Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Continued)

 

The following securities were outstanding during the years presented below and have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders per share because the effect is anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants to purchase preferred stock(1)

 

 

 

140,933

 

Warrants to purchase common stock

 

39,824

 

39,824

 

 

Preferred stock(1)

 

 

 

32,563,192

 

Stock option awards

 

6,825,142

 

7,302,761

 

6,879,919

 

Restricted stock unit awards

 

1,161,705

 

70,119

 

 

Total anti-dilutive securities outstanding

 

8,026,671

 

7,412,704

 

39,584,044

 

 


(1)          On July 2, 2013, upon closing of the IPO, all of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock automatically converted into shares of common stock.  In addition, the outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock automatically converted into warrants to purchase common stock.  Refer to note 11for further discussion on the Company’s IPO.

 

15. Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan available to all eligible U.S. employees pursuant to Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”).  Pursuant to the Company’s 401(k) Plan, participating U.S. employees may defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, subject to annual IRS contribution limits. The Company began a discretionary contribution matching of employee’s contributions in February 2014. The Company matched 50% of each participant’s eligible contributions, up to a maximum employer matching contribution of 3% of each participant’s eligible base salary. Participants will vest in such discretionary employer matching contributions over a three-year graded vesting period.

 

Total employer matching contributions to the Company’s 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $461.

 

16.  Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

 

$

308

 

$

249

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

$

5

 

$

127

 

$

234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of Transpera, Inc.

 

$

 

$

 

$

863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued in connection with the conversion of preferred stock

 

$

 

$

162,657

 

$

 

Common stock issued in connection with the Series F preferred stock deemed dividend

 

$

 

$

15,849

 

$

 

Reclassification of liability warrants to equity warrants

 

$

 

$

790

 

$

 

Common stock issued for settlement of restricted stock unit awards

 

$

1,087

 

$

 

$

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

17.  Segment and Geographic Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.  The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”).  The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.  As such, the Company has concluded that its operations constitute one operating and reportable segment.

 

Substantially all assets were held in the United States as of each December 31, 2014 and 2013, and substantially all revenue was generated through sales personnel in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

18.  Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

2014

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

34,869

 

$

43,701

 

$

39,039

 

$

41,878

 

Gross profit

 

$

11,926

 

$

14,808

 

$

14,993

 

$

16,087

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(7,229

)

$

(5,372

)

$

(5,474

)

$

(5,414

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

 

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.11

)

$

(0.11

)

$

(0.11

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding(2)

 

50,297,747

 

50,403,168

 

50,751,303

 

51,088,012

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

2013

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

24,765

 

$

35,465

 

$

35,267

 

$

36,299

 

Gross profit

 

$

10,924

 

$

16,494

 

$

14,210

 

$

12,243

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders(3)

 

$

(5,159

)

$

(273

)

$

(18,092

)

$

(5,841

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (1)

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.37

)

$

(0.12

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding(3)(4)

 

7,729,218

 

7,760,494

 

49,115,766

 

49,755,820

 

 


(1)          Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  Therefore, the sum of all quarterly basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders may not equal the annual basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

(2)          Due to the Company’s net losses, all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive and, therefore, basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding are equal for all periods presented.

 

(3)          During the three months ended September 30, 2013, net loss attributable to common stockholders includes $15,849 Series F preferred stock deemed dividend related to the conversion of the Company’s Series F preferred stock on July 2, 2013.

 

(4)          During the three months ended September 30, 2013, basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding increased to approximately 49.1 million shares as a result of the Company’s IPO on July 2, 2013.

 

19.  Subsequent Event

 

Legal Contingencies

 

In November 2013, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, its directors and certain of its executive officers, which alleged certain misrepresentations by the Company in connection with its IPO concerning its business and prospects. On March 5, 2015, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit and entered judgement into the Company’s favor. Refer to note 10 for further discussion.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014.  Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  Our internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with the U.S. GAAP, including those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with  GAAP and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or the COSO Framework. The assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls. Based on this assessment, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

 

This annual report does not include an audit or attestation report from our registered public accounting firm regarding our internal control over financial reporting.  Our management’s report was not subject to audit or attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report for so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

 

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, believes that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and are effective at a reasonable assurance level.  However, our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Code of Conduct

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or Code of Conduct, which applies to all of our employees, executive officers and directors.  A copy of our Code of Conduct can be found on our website ( www.tremorvideo.com ) under “Corporate Governance.” The contents of our website are not a part of this report.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

 

PART IV

 

ITEM  15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

 

1.               Consolidated Financial Statements: Our consolidated financial statements are listed in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

2.               Financial Statement Schedules:  All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

 

3.               Exhibits:  See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 16, 2015.

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

 

William Day

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

Todd Sloan

 

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015

 

88



Table of Contents

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William Day, Todd Sloan and Adam Lichstein, and each of them, as his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Day

 

 

 

 

William Day

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

 

 

Todd Sloan

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Caine

 

 

 

 

Paul Caine

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rachel Lam

 

 

 

 

Rachel Lam

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Warren Lee

 

 

 

 

Warren Lee

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Rossman

 

 

 

 

James Rossman

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Schechter

 

 

 

 

Robert Schechter

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Todd

 

 

 

 

Michael Todd

 

Director

 

March 16, 2015

 

89



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit Index

 

The agreements set forth on this Exhibit Index may contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

 

·         were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

·         may have been qualified in such agreements by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement;

·         may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable security laws; and

·         were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

 

The Company acknowledges that notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this Form 10-K not misleading. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. See “Available Information” under Item 1 of Part I.

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Filed

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

8-K

 

001-35982

 

3.1

 

7/5/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

3.4

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

4.1

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued by Tremor Video, Inc. to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC, with an expiration date of June 30, 2017.

 

10-Q

 

001-35982

 

10.2

 

11/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued by Tremor Video, Inc. to Comerica Bank, with an expiration date of June 26, 2016.

 

10-Q

 

001-35982

 

10.1

 

11/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 6, 2011.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.1

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 7, 2007 (as modified by each of the First Loan Modification Agreement dated December 8, 2008, the Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, the Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, the Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2011 and the Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 30, 2011).

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.2

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Twenty-Three R.P. Associates, dated as of July 26, 2010 (as modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated November 1, 2010).

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.3

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

90



Table of Contents

 

10.4+

 

Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.4

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5+

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.5

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6+

 

Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.6

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7+

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.7

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8+

 

ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.8

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9+

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.9

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10+

 

ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.10

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11+

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.11

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12+

 

Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.12

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13+

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.13

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14+

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.14

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15+

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.15

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16+

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.16

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17+

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan.

 

S-1/A

 

333-188813

 

10.17

 

6/14/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18+

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.18

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19+

 

Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and William Day, dated December 9, 2010.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.19

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20+

 

Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Todd Sloan, dated November 14, 2011.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.20

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21+

 

Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Steven Lee, dated December 9, 2010.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.21

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22+

 

Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Adam Lichstein, dated December 8, 2010.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.22

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23+

 

Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Lauren Wiener, dated September 25, 2012.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

10.23

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24+

 

Tremor Video, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

10-Q

 

001-35982

 

10.1

 

8/14/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

 

Sixth Loan Modification Agreement, dated October 20, 2014, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Tremor Video, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-35982

 

10.1

 

10/24/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Agreement of Lease by and between the Company and Paramount Leasehold, L.P., dated as of October 27, 2014 (as amended by the First Amendment of Lease dated as of December 15, 2014).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

91



Table of Contents

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

S-1

 

333-188813

 

21.1

 

5/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Tremor Video, Inc. pursuant to rule 13a-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1†

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Tremor Video, Inc. pursuant to18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2†

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Tremor Video, Inc. pursuant to18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 


+                           Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

                          In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 hereto are deemed to accompany this Annual  Report on Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

*                           Certain portions of this exhibit omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

 

92


Exhibit 10.25

 

STANDARD FORM OF OFFICE LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

 

Agreement of Lease , made as of this 27th day of October in the year 2014 between PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD, L.P., a New York limited partnership having an office at 1501 Broadway, 19th floor, New York, New York 10036, party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and TREMOR VIDEO, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 53 West 23rd Street, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10010, prior to the Commencement Date, and 1501 Broadway, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10036, following the Commencement Date, party of the second part, hereinafter referred to as TENANT,

 

Witnesseth :       Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner the entire eighth (8 th ) floor in the building known as 1501 Broadway in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, for the term and rental set forth in the rider annexed hereto (or until such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided) at the annual rental rate set forth herein which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States, which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the tenth day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, and except that Tenant shall pay the first monthly installment(s) on the execution hereof.

 

The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

 

Rent :       1. Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

 

Occupancy :       2. Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for general, executive and administrative purposes, as set forth in Article 44 and for no other purpose.

 

Tenant Alterations :       3. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent, except in accordance with the provisions of this Article and Article 41 of the Rider. Tenant shall, before making any alterations, additions, installations or improvements, at its expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof, and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner, and Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry, such worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner then requires in accordance with its Alteration rules and regulations then in effect in the Building. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the demised premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, within thirty days thereafter after notice of filing thereof, by payment or filing a bond as permitted by law. Subject to the provisions of Article 41, all fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises, except as otherwise provided herein. Nothing in this article shall be construed to give Owner title to, or to prevent Tenant’s removal of, trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises or upon removal, of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately, and at its expense, repair and restore the affected area of the demised premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations, and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

1



 

retained as Owner’s property or may be removed from the demised premises by Owner, at Tenant’s expense. SEE ARTICLE 41.

 

Maintenance and Repairs:        4. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein. Tenant shall be responsible for all damage or injury to the demised premises or any other part of the building and the systems and equipment thereof, whether requiring structural or nonstructural repairs caused by, or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or licensees, or which arise out of any work, labor, service or equipment done for, or supplied to, Tenant or any subtenant, or arising out of the installation, use or operation of the property or equipment of Tenant or any subtenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Owner, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture and equipment. Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant’s expense, all repairs in and to the demised premises for which Tenant is responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question, either selected from a list of at least two contractors per trade submitted by Owner or chosen by Tenant and otherwise reasonably approved by Owner within the time period and using the standards contained in Article 41 A(2) which provisions shall also apply to contractors selected by Tenant to make repairs. Any other repairs in or to the building or the facilities and systems thereof, for which Tenant is responsible, shall be performed by Owner at the Tenant’s expense, provided the charges are commercially reasonable. Owner shall maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the building, including the structural portions of the demised premises, and the public portions of the building interior and the building plumbing, electrical, heating and ventilating systems (to the extent such systems presently exist) serving the demised premises and the building’s passenger and freight elevator systems serving the demised premises and the windows in good repair and leak free, all at Owner’s sole cost and expense, except as provided in the second sentence of this Article 4. Tenant agrees to give prompt notice of any defective condition in the demised premises for which Owner may be responsible hereunder. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or others making repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. It is specifically agreed that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease. Tenant agrees that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract The provisions of this Article 4 shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty, which are dealt with in Article 9 hereof. Owner agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable effort to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the demised premises and operation of Tenant’s business therein by reason of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements caused by work performed by Owner (but Owner shall have no obligation to employ labor at overtime or premium rates in connection therewith.)

 

Window Cleaning:        5. Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable law, or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

 

Requirements of Law, Fire Insurance, Floor Loads:        6. Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, Insurance Services Office, or any similar body (collectively, “Legal Requirements”) which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

2



 

Tenant with respect to the demised premises, arising out of Tenant’s particular manner of use thereof, (including Tenant’s permitted use) or, with respect to the building if arising out of Tenant’s particular manner of use (as distinguished from general office use) of the demised premises or the building. Nothing herein shall require Tenant to make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its particular manner of use of the demised premises (as distinguished from general office use), violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant may, after securing Owner to Owner’s satisfaction against the amount by which all damages, interest, penalties and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, exceeds the Security Deposit then being held by Owner, by cash deposit or by surety bond in an amount and in a company satisfactory to Owner, contest and appeal any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements provided same is done with all reasonable promptness and provided such appeal shall not subject Owner to prosecution for a criminal offense, or constitute a default under any lease or mortgage under which Owner may be obligated, or cause the demised premises or any part thereof to be condemned or vacated. Tenant shall not do or knowingly permit any act or thing to be done by a party hired, controlled or invited into the demised premises (including any Affiliates and Desk Space Users) by Tenant in or to the demised premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner with respect to the demised premises or the building of which the demised premises form a part. Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises, except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the demised premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy, Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages, which may be imposed upon Owner by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and if by reason of such failure the fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease, or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then, Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” of rate for the building or the demised premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, or other body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines (other than typical office equipment) and mechanical equipment. All business machines (other than typical office equipment) and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. [Violation status being confirmed.]

 

Subordination:        7. SEE ARTICLE 54.

 

Property Loss, Damage Reimbursement Indemnity:        8. Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence or willful misconduct of Owner, its agents, servants or employees. Owner or its agents will not be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about said building, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up as a result of any repairs, renovations or alterations to the Building, or if deemed necessary by Owner to prevent damage or injury to any portion of the interior or exterior of the Building or to the general public, or if required by law (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) for any reason whatsoever including, but not limited to, Owner’s own acts, Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

3



 

Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefore, nor abatement or diminution of rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an eviction. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner (other than by Tenant) by reason of any claim for which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Owner under this Lease, Tenant, upon written notice from Owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

Destruction, Fire and Other Casualty:        9. (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner, and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth. (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by, and at the expense of, Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be apportioned from the day following the casualty, according to the part of the demised premises which is usable. (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable or inaccessible by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent, as hereinafter expressly provided, shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty, and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or if sooner reoccupied in part by the Tenant then rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant (provided that it has simultaneously terminated leases representing at least seventy five percent (75%) of the rentable office square footage of the building), given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, or thirty (30) days after adjustment of the insurance claim for such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner or Tenant shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to reasonable delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume five (5) days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy. (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 9, if the demised premises and/or the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty in the manner and to the extent set forth in this Section, and Owner elects to repair and restore the demised premises and/or the Building, Owner shall, within sixty (60) days after such damage or destruction, provide Tenant with a written notice of the estimated date on which the restoration of the demised premises and access thereto shall be substantially completed. If such estimated date is more than twelve (12) months after the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Owner, which notice shall be given within thirty (30) days after the date Owner provides the notice required by the preceding sentence (with time being of the essence with respect to the giving of such notice by Tenant), and such termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after the receipt by Owner of Tenant’s notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date specified herein as the Expiration Date (as such term is defined in this Lease), and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (as such terms are defined in this Lease) thereunder shall be abated from and after the

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

4



 

date following the casualty and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice, however, to Owner’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the Lease provisions in effect prior to such termination. Failure by Tenant to provide such notice within such thirty (30) day period shall be deemed an election by Tenant not to terminate this Lease. If Tenant elects not to terminate this Lease or is deemed to have so elected not to terminate this Lease, then the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent thereunder shall be abated (and payments thereof shall resume) as provided in subsection (c) of this Article, and if Owner has not substantially completed the required repairs and restored the demised premises on or before the date (the “Restoration Deadline”) which shall be the later of (i) the date which is twelve (12) months after the date of such damage or destruction, subject to extension on account of Force Majeure Events, or (ii) the date originally estimated by Owner as herein above set forth, then Tenant shall have the further right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Owner, which notice shall be given within thirty (30) days after the Restoration Deadline (with time being of the essence with respect to the giving of such notice by Tenant), and such election shall be effective upon the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. In the event the demised premises are materially damaged within the last eighteen (18) months of the term of this Lease (in determining if the casualty occurred within the last eighteen months of the Lease term, the parties shall give effect to the renewal term if Tenant exercised its option to renew the term of this Lease prior to the occurrence of the casualty), Tenant may terminate this Lease upon giving written notice to Owner within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of the casualty (with time being of the essence with respect to the giving of such notice by Tenant), and upon giving such notice, the term of this Lease shall expire and this Lease shall terminate as above provided. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in subdivisions (a) through (e) hereof, including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law, Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d), and (e) above, against the other, or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. Owner and Tenant agree to request that their respective insurance policies include the aforesaid clause so long as the same is obtainable without extra cost or if extra cost is charged, so long as the party for whose benefit the clause is obtained shall pay the extra cost. If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation. Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

 

Eminent Domain:        10. If the whole or any part of the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, then, and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding, and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease, and assigns to Owner, Tenant’s entire interest in any such award. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixtures and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award.

 

Assignment, Mortgage, Etc.:        11. Subject to the provisions of Article 55, Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

5



 

shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of owner in each instance. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, under-tenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, under-tenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting. SEE ARTICLE 55

 

Electric Current:        SEE ARTICLE 38

 

Access to Premises:        13. Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises upon prior reasonable notice (which may be written or oral) and at reasonable times (except that in an emergency, same may be at any time and without notice), to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to the demised premises or to any other portion of the building or which Owner may elect to perform. Tenant shall permit Owner to use and maintain and replace pipes, ducts, and conduits in and through the demised premises and to erect new pipes, ducts, and conduits therein, provided they are concealed within the walls, floor, or ceiling where practicable, or otherwise “box in” such ducts, pipes or conduits adjacent to columns, walls, floors or ceilings, provided that the space taken by Landlord pursuant to the exercise of this right shall not reduce the cubic area of the demised premises by more than a de minimus amount. Owner shall repair any damage to the demised premises or Tenant’s property which results from such work. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Owner agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the demised premises in the exercise of its rights under this Article, provided, however, that Owner shall not be obligated to perform work on an overtime or other premium basis. Throughout the term hereof, Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours upon reasonable prior notice (which may be written or oral) for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last twelve months of the term, for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises in the case of an emergency or Tenant otherwise wrongfully refuses to permit Owner access after same has been requested, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key or forcibly, and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents liable therefore, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected.

 

Vault, Vault Space, Area:        14. No vaults, vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not within the property line of the building, is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to be used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or requited by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant.

 

Occupancy:        15. Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. Tenant has inspected the demised

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

6



 

premises and accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, if any, and except as otherwise set forth in this Lease. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Owner makes no representation as to the condition of the demised premises.

 

Bankruptcy:        16. (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by the sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any state naming Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) as the debtor, or (2) the making by Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter he entitled to possession of the premises demised but shall forthwith quit and surrender the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the patty then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

 

(b) It is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination, and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable, shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If such demised premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Owner for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the tens of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages, by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than, the amount of the difference referred to above.

 

Default: 17. (1) If (x)Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this lease other than the covenants for the payment of rent or additional rent; or if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property, whereupon the demised premises shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or if this lease be rejected under §365 of Title II of the U.S. Code (Bankruptcy Code); or if Tenant shall have failed, after ten (10) Business Days written notice, to redeposit with Owner any portion of the security deposit hereunder which Owner has applied to the payment of any rent and additional rent due and payable hereunder; or if Tenant shall be in default with respect to any other lease between Owner and Tenant; then, in any one or more of such events, upon Owner serving a written thirty (30) days’ notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said thirty (30) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within such thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith, proceed to remedy or cure such default, or (y) Tenant defaults in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, then upon Owner serving a written five (5) Business Day’ notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of the default, and upon the expiration of said five (5) Business Days, if Tenant shall have failed to remedy such default, then, in either event, Owner may serve a written five (5) days’ notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

7



 

as if the expiration of such five (5) day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease and the term thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Owner, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided. Tenant’s failure to pay rent or additional rent, or to perform any other covenant of this lease, which failure continues after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, if any, shall be deemed an “Event of Default”.

 

(2) If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid, Owner may without notice, re-enter the demised premises either by force or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of the demised premises, and remove their effects and hold the demised premises as if this lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end.

 

Remedies of Owner and Waiver of Redemption:        18. In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such reentry, dispossess and/or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Owner or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Owner’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease, and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental than that in this lease, and/or (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay to Owner as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. The failure of Owner to re-let the demised premises, or any part or parts thereof, shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Owner may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage, advertising and for keeping the demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Owner to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or preparing the same for re-rental, may, at Owner’s option, make such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations in the demised premises as Owner, in Owner’s sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary for the propose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Owner shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the demised premises, or in the event that the demised premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Owner from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Owner obtaining possession of the demised premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this lease, or otherwise.

 

Fees and Expenses:        19. If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under, or by virtue of, any of the terms or provisions in any article of this lease, after notice, if required, and upon expiration of any applicable grace period, if any (except in an emergency), then, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this lease, Owner may immediately, or at any time thereafter and without notice, perform the obligation of Tenant thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

8



 

foregoing, or in connection with any default by Tenant in the covenant to pay rent hereunder, makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and prevails in any such action or proceeding, then Tenant will reimburse Owner for such sums so paid, or obligations incurred, with interest and costs. The foregoing expenses incurred by reason of Tenant’s default shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder, and shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefore. If Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner, as damages. In no event shall either Owner or Tenant be liable to the other under this Lease for consequential or punitive damages.

 

Building Alterations and Management:      20. Owner shall have the right at any time, without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefor, to change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building may be known, provided, however, that none of the foregoing may materially adversely affect the means of access to the demised premises. Subject to the provisions of this Lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenants making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of such controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors as the Owner may deem necessary for the security of the building and its occupants.

 

No Representations Owner:      21. Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected or the demised premises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. SEE ARTICLE 51

 

End of Term:      22. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Owner the demised premises “broom-clean”, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its personal property and any Specialty Alterations which it is obligated to remove pursuant to this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this lease or any renewal thereof falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday, unless it be a legal holiday, in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

 

Quiet Enjoyment:      23. Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 31 hereof, and to the ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

 

Failure to Give Possession:      24. Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, if Owner is unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof because of the holding-over or retention of possession of any tenant, under-tenant or occupants, or if the demised premises are located in a building being constructed, because such building has not been sufficiently completed to make the demised premises ready for occupancy, or because of the fact that a certificate of occupancy has not been procured, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

9



 

extend the term of this lease, but the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete construction) until after Owner shall have given Tenant written notice that the Owner is able to deliver possession in condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the demises premises, or to occupy premises other than the demised premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in the preamble to this lease. The provisions of this article are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

 

No Waiver:       25. The failure of Owner or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this lease or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner of rent and/or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by the non-breaching party unless such waiver be in writing signed by the non-breaching party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. No act or thing done by Owner or Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the demised premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner. No employee of Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

 

Waiver of Trial by Jury: 26. It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of, or occupancy of, the demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possession, including a summary proceeding for possession of the demised premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

 

Inability to Perform:       27. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, this lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in making, any repair, additions, alterations, or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any equipment, fixtures, or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strike or labor troubles or any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

 

Bills and Notices:       SEE ARTICLE 68

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

10



 

Services Provided by Owner:       SEE ARTICLE 72

 

Captions:       30. The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provisions thereof.

 

Definitions:       31. The term “office” or “offices”, wherever used in this lease, shall not be construed to mean premises used as a store or stores, for the sale or display, at any time, of goods, wares or merchandise, of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, barber shop, or for other similar purposes, or for manufacturing. The term “Owner” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a lease of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said land and building, or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, or of the land and building, that the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder. The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The tens “business days” as used in this lease shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days as observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to HVAC service. Wherever it is expressly provided in this lease that consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

 

Adjacent Excavation-Shoring:       32. If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

 

Rules and Regulations: 33. Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations attached hereto and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner and Owner’s agents may from time to time adopt. Notice of any additional Rules or Regulations shall be given in such manner as Owner may elect. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing, upon Owner, within sixty (60) days after the giving of notice thereof. Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, except that Owner shall enforce the Rules and Regulations against other tenants if their failure to comply with the Rules and Regulations would prevent Tenant from using the demised premises for the purposes permitted herein, and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that it shall not enforce the Rules and Regulations against Tenant in a discriminatory manner, and in the event that any of the Rules and Regulations are inconsistent with the terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

11



 

Security: 34. Tenant has deposited with Owner a letter of credit in the sum of $[*****], with respect to the Initial Premises, (the “Initial Security Deposit”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease. On or before the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide Owner with an additional security deposit in the sum of $[*****] (the “Additional Security Deposit”; the Initial Security Deposit and the Additional Security Deposit are collectively referred to herein as the “Security Deposit”), it is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent and additional rent, and such default continues after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period, Owner may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent, or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum which Owner may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after demand, pay to Owner the sum so used, applied or retained which shall be added to the security deposit so that the same shall be replenished to its former amount. In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, the security shall be returned to Tenant within forty-five (45) days after the date fixed as the end of the lease and after delivery of entire possession of the demised premises to Owner. In the event of a sale of the land and building, or leasing of the building, of which the demised premises form a part, Owner shall transfer the security to the vendee or lessee, and Owner shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and Tenant agrees to look to the new Owner solely for the return of said security, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new Owner. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. SEE ARTICLE 42

 

Estoppel Certificate:       SEE ARTICLE 48

 

Successors and Assigns: 36. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors and except as otherwise provided in this lease, assigns.  SEE ARTICLE 52

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

 

12



 

In Witness Whereof , Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD, L.P

 

 

 

By: Paramount Leasehold Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanley Garber

 

 

Name:

Stanley Garber

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

Name:

Todd Sloan

 

 

Title:

CFO

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

13



 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK,

 

 

 

 

SS.:

 

 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

 

 

On the 23 rd  day of October in the year 2014 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared Todd Sloan, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

/s/ Scott I. Schneider

 

NOTARY PUBLIC:

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

14



 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 33.

 

1 The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress or egress from the demised premises, and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Owner. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public hall of the building, either by any tenant or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and safeguards. If said premises are situated on the ground floor of the building, Tenant thereof shall further, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalk and curb in front of said premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

 

2. The water and wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant, whether or not caused by the Tenant, or its clerks, agents, employees or visitors.

 

3. No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building and Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown, from the demised premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the building and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the demised premises, or permit or suffer the demised premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Owner or other occupants of the building by reason of noise, odors, and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish, or birds be kept in or about the building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building is prohibited.

 

4.  No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of Owner.

 

5.  Except as otherwise permitted herein, no sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the demised premises or the building, or on the inside of the demised premise if the same is visible from the outside of the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Owner, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the demised premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense insured by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on door and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Owner.

 

6.  Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface, any part of the demised premises or the building of which they form apart. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Owner, and as Owner may direct. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

 

7.  No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy,

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

15



 

restore to Owner all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

 

8.  Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the demised premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors or as otherwise permitted herein, and only during hours and in a manner approved by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations of the lease, of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

 

9.  Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

10.  Subject to the provisions of Articles 79 and 80, Owner reserves the right to exclude from the building all persons who do not present a pass to the building signed by Owner. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests such pass, and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Tenant shall not have a claim against Owner by reason of Owner excluding from the building any person who does not present such pass.

 

11.  Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Owner’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

12.  Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the demised premises, any inflammable, combustible, explosive, or hazardous fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors, to permeate in, or emanate from, the demised premises.

 

13.  If the building contains central air conditioning and ventilation, Tenant agrees to keep all windows closed at all times and to abide by all rules and regulations issued by Owner with respect to such services. Tenant shall cooperate with Owner in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by lowering and closing venetian blinds and/or drapes and curtains when the sun’s rays fall directly on the windows of the demised premises.

 

14.  Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, bulky matter, or fixtures into or out of the building without Owner’s prior written consent. If such safe, machinery, equipment, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, all work in connection therewith shall comply with the Administrative Code of the City of New York and all other laws and regulations applicable thereto, and shall be done during such hours as Owner may designate.

 

15.  Refuse and Trash. (1) Compliance by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations, of all state, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Owner. Such separate receptacles may, at Owner’s option, be removed from the demised premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by law. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed by a contractor acceptable to Owner, at Owner’s sole discretion, such items as Owner may expressly designate. (2) Owner’s Rights in Event of Noncompliance. Owner has the option to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant waste products, garbage, refuse or trash (a) that is not separated and sorted as required by law or (b) which consists of such items as Owner may expressly designate for Tenant’s removal, and

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

16



 

to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Owner. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages that may be imposed on Owner or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Building Rule 15, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnity, defend and hold Owner harmless (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

17



 

 

Address

 

 

 

Premises

 

 

 

TO

 

 

 

 

 

STANDARD FORM OF

 

 

 

Office Lease

 

 

 

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

 

copyright 2004. All rights Reserved.

 

Reproduction in whole or in part

 

prohibited.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated               in the year

 

Rent Per Year

 

Term

 

From

 

To

 

 

 

Drawn by

 

 

 

Checked by

 

 

 

Entered by

 

 

 

Approved by

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

18



 

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES ATTACHED TO AND FORMING PART OF LEASE DATED AS OF OCTOBER     , 2014 BETWEEN PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD, L.P., AS LANDLORD, AND TREMOR VIDEO, INC., AS TENANT.

 

Wherever the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the printed portion of this Lease shall be in conflict with any of the terms, covenants and conditions in the Additional Articles 37 - 78 (the “Additional Articles”) that follow, the Additional Articles shall prevail.

 

The following capitalized terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth as used in these Additional Articles:

 

The term “Lease” shall refer to this Agreement of Lease, sometimes referred to in Articles 1 through 36 of this Lease by the non-capitalized term “lease”.

 

The term “Landlord” shall mean Paramount Leasehold, L.P., a New York limited partnership, sometimes referred to herein as “Owner” in this Lease.

 

The term “Demised Premises” shall mean the entire eighth (8th) floor (the “Demised Premises”) in the Building, sometimes referred to in Articles 1 through 36 of this Lease as the “demised premises”, consisting of the Initial Premises, shown as the single-hatched area on Exhibit A (the “Initial Premises”), and the Additional Premises, shown as the cross-hatched area on Exhibit A (the “Additional Premises”). The Initial Premises and Additional Premises are collectively referred to as the “Demised Premises”.

 

The term “Building” shall mean the building known as 1501 Broadway in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York sometimes referred to in Articles 1 through 36 of the Lease as the “building”.

 

The term “Rules and Regulations” shall mean rules and regulations 1 through 15 attached to and made a part of the Lease in accordance with Article 33.

 

The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean [*****]% with respect to the Initial Premises, and after the Additional Space Commencement Date shall mean [*****]%.

 

37.                                TERM AND RENT:

 

A.            The term of this Lease shall commence as of the earlier of (i) the date Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Initial Premises to Tenant with items 1-7, 9-13 and 15 on the Work Letter (“Landlord’s Commencement Work”) annexed as Exhibit B substantially complete, or (ii) in the event there are any delays in the performance of Landlord’s Commencement Work as a result of any Tenant Delay (as defined in Paragraph K), as opposed to any other reasons, the date on which Landlord’s Commencement Work would have been substantially complete, but for such Tenant Delay (the earlier of (i) or (ii), as applicable, being referred to as the “Commencement Date”), and shall expire on the last day of the calendar month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs (or until such term shall sooner cease and expire or be terminated as hereinafter provided) (the “Expiration Date”).  The parties shall enter into a written agreement confirming the Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and the Expiration Date, but their failure to do so shall not delay or invalidate the occurrence of such dates.  For purposes of this Lease, Landlord’s Commencement Work shall be deemed to be “substantially complete” when such work has been completed, except for non-material items, or so-called “punch list” items, the absence of which do not affect the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises (other than to a de minimis extent) or affect or impair Tenant’s ability to perform its Initial Improvements (as defined herein).  Landlord shall provide Tenant with no

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

less than five (5) days advance notice of the substantial completion of Landlord’s Commencement Work, and the parties shall perform a joint walk-through to identify any incomplete items of Landlord’s Commencement Work.  The parties shall promptly thereafter prepare a punch list and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete any such “punch-list” items within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Landlord’s Commencement Work to be substantially completed by December 1, 2014, but shall not be obligated to cause such work to be performed on an overtime or other premium basis.

 

B.             The basic annual rent (the “Fixed Rent”) for the term of this Lease with respect to the Initial Premises is as follows, and shall be payable on the first day of each month in advance in equal monthly installments:

 

PERIOD

 

ANNUAL FIXED RENT

 

MONTHLY RENT

 

Lease Years 1-5

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

Lease Years 6-10

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

 

C.             Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Article 73), the Fixed Rent shall be increased to reflect the addition of the Additional Premises, and the parties shall enter into a written agreement confirming the increased Fixed Rent.

 

D.             The term “Lease Year” shall refer to each twelve (12) month period during the portion of the Lease term beginning on the Commencement Date.  Lease Year 1 shall be the twelve (12) month period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Commencement Date.  Each succeeding Lease Year after Lease Year 1 shall run for the succeeding twelve month period from the expiration of the preceding Lease Year, and shall be consecutively numbered (i.e., the second Lease Year is referred to as Lease Year 2, the third Lease Year is referred to as Lease Year 3, and so forth.).

 

E.             Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Fixed Rent for the Initial Premises from the Commencement Date and continuing for the twelve (12) calendar months of the term of the Lease (the “Free Rent Period”); the day immediately following the expiration of the Free Rent Period is referred to herein as the “Rent Commencement Date”); provided, however, that during such abatement period, Tenant shall pay all other amounts due under this Lease, including, but not limited to, any charges for utility services and electric current supplied to the Demised Premises from the Commencement Date. In addition, escalations based on increases in Taxes and payments in lieu of operating expenses shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Articles 39 and 40, respectively.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default beyond the expiration of applicable cure periods, the abatement of Fixed Rent provided for in this Paragraph E shall be tolled and the Fixed Rent at the rates set forth in this Lease shall be payable during the period in which Tenant would otherwise be entitled to the use of the Premises free of Fixed Rent until the date such Event of Default has been cured, at which point the unused portion of such abatement of Fixed Rent shall be reinstated.  Any such Rent payment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after demand therefor and shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease.  If Landlord does not substantially complete (i) items 1-5, 7, 9-13 and 15 of Landlord’s Commencement Work on or before December 15, 2014, and (ii) item 6 of Landlord’s Commencement Work on or before January 7, 2015, both of which dates shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period of a Force Majeure Event (as defined in Article 66) or Tenant Delay, then for each such day that the Commencement Date (as so extended by the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay)

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

20



 

has not occurred, the Free Rent Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for the first thirty (30) days of such delay, and thereafter by two (2) days for each day of such delay.

 

F.              Landlord may perform the work noted in items 8 and 14 on the annexed Work Letter during the Free Rent Period (the “Post-Commencement Work”).  If Landlord’s performance of its Post-Commencement Work causes a Delay (as hereinafter defined) in Tenant’s construction of its Initial Improvements in the Demised Premises, and provided that such Delay shall not have been caused by (x) a Force Majeure Event, or (y) any Tenant Delay, then the Free Rent Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day that Tenant is Delayed in the construction of its Initial Improvements.  As used in this subparagraph, “Delay” shall mean that Tenant’s Contractors (i) have been materially deprived of access to the Demised Premises for the purpose of performing the Initial Improvements, or (ii) are delayed (other than to a de minimus extent) or prevented from performing their scheduled work in any portion of the Demised Premises as a result of the performance of Landlord’s Post-Commencement Work.  The mere fact that both parties may be performing work in the Demised Premises at the same time during the Free Rent Period shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Delay or a Tenant Delay.  The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate their work and keep the other apprised of their respective work schedules during this period and each party shall perform their Alterations in such a manner so as not to interfere with or delay the other’s performance of their Alterations.  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of any act or omission on the part of the Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors or agents) which will prevent Landlord from completing its Post-Commencement Work during the Free Rent Period, and Tenant shall have two (2) Business Days thereafter to address such act or omission before it shall constitute a basis to claim that such act or omission prevented Landlord from completing the Post-Commencement Work during the Free Rent Period.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice if Landlord’s performance of the Post-Commencement Work will result in a Delay to Tenant, and Landlord shall have two (2) Business Days thereafter to address the manner in which its performance of the Post-Commencement Work is causing a Delay before it shall constitute a basis to claim that Tenant has suffered a Delay.

 

G.             If Landlord fails to substantially complete the Post-Commencement Work by the date which is ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, which date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period of a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay, then for each day that Landlord’s Post-Commencement Work has not been completed, the Free Rent Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for the first thirty (30) days of such delay, and thereafter by two (2) days for each day of such delay.

 

H.             If the Commencement Date or Additional Premises Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a calendar month, the Fixed Rent for such calendar month shall be pro-rated and the balance of the first month’s rent paid on Lease execution shall be credited against the next monthly installment of Fixed Rent.  If the term expires on any date other than the last day of a calendar month (except if the term terminates by reason of Tenant’s default hereunder), the Fixed Rent for such calendar month shall be pro-rated.

 

I.              If at any time or times during the term, the Fixed Rent, additional rent or other charges payable by Tenant hereunder shall not be fully collectible for reason of any order or regulation, or direction of a public officer or body pursuant to law (including, without limitation, rent control or stabilization laws), then for the period prescribed by such laws, ordinances, regulations or directions, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the maximum amounts permitted pursuant thereto.  Upon the expiration of the applicable period of time during which such amounts shall be uncollectible, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within thirty (30) days after demand, all such uncollected amounts that would have been payable for the period absent such legal restrictions; provided, however, that the retroactive collection thereof shall then be lawful.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

21



 

J.              Except as may otherwise be specified in this Lease, Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid, without demand therefor or notice, in each case without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, as additional rent, all costs, fees, taxes, interest, charges, expenses, reimbursements and obligations, and all interest and penalties thereon, which Tenant in any of the provisions of this Lease has assumed or agreed to pay or which Tenant agrees are to be at the cost or expense of Tenant or as to which Landlord shall legally become entitled pursuant to the terms of the Lease (all of which are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “additional rent” or “Additional Rent”), and, in the event of non-payment thereof, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies, all the rights and remedies provided for herein or by law in the case of non-payment of Fixed Rent.  Unless otherwise specified herein, all items of Additional Rent shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of a notice or demand therefor.

 

K.             Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises two weeks prior to the respective Commencement Date for each of the spaces,  so that Tenant may commence construction of its Initial Improvements in each space.  Tenant’s use of any portion of the Demised Premises prior to the respective Commencement Dates shall be free of the obligation to pay Fixed Rent, but such use shall otherwise be subject to the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, all indemnification obligations, the obligation to provide evidence of the insurance coverage required in Article 48.  Tenant shall not enter or use the Demised Premises prior to the Commencement Date so as to cause a Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined) in the performance of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Tenant Delay” shall mean that (A) Landlord’s contractors (i) have been materially deprived of access to the Demised Premises for the purpose of performing Landlord’s Work, or (ii) are unable to perform their scheduled work in any portion of the Demised Premises as a result of the performance of Tenant’s Initial Improvements, or (B) the performance and substantial completion of Landlord’s Work has been delayed beyond its reasonably anticipated completion date due to any negligence, omission (where there is a duty to act) or intentional act of any nature of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or subcontractors.  The mere fact that both parties may be performing work in the Demised Premises at the same time shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Tenant Delay or an act, omission, or fault of either party for purposes of this paragraph.  The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate their work and keep the other apprised of their respective work schedules during this period and each party shall perform its Alterations in such a manner so as not to interfere with or delay the other’s performance of its Alterations.  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of any act or omission on the part of the Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors or agents) which will prevent Landlord from completing Landlord’s Work by the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall have two (2) Business Days thereafter to address such act or omission before it shall constitute a basis to claim that such act or omission was a “Tenant Delay” which prevented Landlord from completing Landlord’s Work.

 

38.           ELECTRICITY:

 

A.             Landlord shall provide electricity in the amount of the Electric Capacity as set forth in Exhibit _B annexed hereto to the Demised Premises through the Building’s existing risers, feeders and wiring.  Tenant’s consumption of electricity in the Demised Premises shall be measured by one or more submeters installed by Landlord as provided in this Article 38.  So long as electric current is to be supplied by Landlord, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall purchase electricity from Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent at a price equal to [*****]% of Landlord’s Actual Cost of providing electricity to the Demised Premises.  As used herein, “Landlord’s Actual Cost” shall be determined by dividing (i) the total dollar amount billed to Landlord for supply and delivery to the Building by the utility providing electric service to the Building (including, but not limited to, all charges for demand, fuel, peak and off-peak usage, “time of day” usage, fuel adjustment charges, rate adjustment charges, sales tax, and

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

22



 

any other relevant adjustments and charges) by (ii) the total kilowatt hours utilized by the Building for such billing period.  All amounts payable under this Article 38 shall constitute Additional Rent.

 

B.             Landlord, as part of Landlord’s Work, shall install one or more submeters to measure Tenant’s consumption of electricity within the Demised Premises, including, if applicable, the totalizer referred to in Exhibit B .  Landlord shall maintain the meters in working order.  Tenant shall pay the bills for electric current furnished within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers a statement to Tenant.  Tenant shall comply with such rules, regulations and contract provisions as are customarily prescribed by public service corporations supplying such services, for consumption similar to that of Tenant.

 

C.             Landlord may discontinue the supply of electric current to the Demised Premises at any time on ninety (90) days’ notice to Tenant without being liable to Tenant therefor or without in any way affecting this Lease or the liability of Tenant hereunder or causing the diminution of Rent, and such discontinuance shall not be deemed to be a lessening or diminution of services within the meaning of any law, rule, or regulation now or hereafter enacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless required to do so by law, Landlord shall not voluntarily discontinue the supply of electric current to the Demised Premises until Tenant has been able to obtain such electric current from another supplier (but Landlord shall be required to so wait only if Tenant shall act diligently to procure another supplier of electric current).  Should Landlord give such notice of discontinuance, Tenant shall make Tenant’s own arrangements to receive such service direct from such public utility corporation serving the Building and Landlord shall permit Landlord’s wires, risers, conduits, switches and other electric infrastructure and meters, to the extent to which they are safely available for such use and to the extent to which they may be used under any applicable governmental regulations or the regulations of such public utility, to be used for the purpose without charge therefor.  Should any additional or other wiring, conduits, meters or any other or different distribution equipment be required in order to permit Tenant to receive such service directly from the public utility, the same will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Landlord provided that if such discontinuance was required by law, such installation costs shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.  All such facilities installed shall be installed in a workmanlike manner which complies with applicable governmental regulations and the regulations of the public utility.  Landlord will in any such case permit any pipe-chases or channels available in the Building to be used by Tenant for Tenant’s cables and conduits, to the extent that the same may be available and may be safely used for the purpose.

 

D.             Except to the extent caused by the negligence or wilful misconduct of Landlord, its officers, employees, agents or contractors or as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, nor shall Landlord be in any way responsible for any interruption of service due to breakdowns, repairs, malfunction of electrical equipment or any other cause relating to electrical service due to a Force Majeure Event.  Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of existing feeders to Tenant’s floor(s) or space (if less than an entire floor) or the capacity of the risers or wiring installation in the Building , provided, that the capacity to the Demised Premised shall not be less than that set forth in Exhibit B.  If, in Landlord’s sole reasonable judgment, Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of an additional riser, risers or other necessary equipment, the same may be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense (together with Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any electrical panels which are required to be installed as a result of the installation of such additional risers), which charges shall constitute Additional Rent, provided such charges shall not exceed a commercially reasonable rate for such work.  If Tenant makes written request to install a riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, such request shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, and such riser, risers or other equipment

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

23



 

shall be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, if in Landlord’s sole, but reasonable judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants.

 

39.           ESCALATION - INCREASE IN REAL ESTATE TAXES:

 

The parties hereto, recognizing the sharp increase in taxes and other expenses, and anticipating the continuation to such pattern, desire to set forth a fair and equitable method of defraying and absorbing such increase between Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant therefore agrees to pay Landlord, as additional rent, its share of any such increase as follows:

 

A.             As used in this Article 39, the following definitions shall apply:

 

i.       “Taxes” as used herein shall mean the aggregate of the following items: (a) real estate taxes, (b) assessments (including, without limitation, assessments for public improvements or benefits whether or not commenced or completed during the term of this Lease, and any Business Improvement District taxes and assessments), (c) water charges, (d) sewer rents, which may be assessed, levied, confirmed or imposed on or in respect of, or be a lien upon, the land and/or the Building thereof on which the Demised Premises are a part and (e) any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed against such land and/or Building or the rents or profits therefrom or any other charge or levy made by a taxing authority to the extent that the same shall be in lieu of all or any portion of any item set forth herein.  The term “Taxes” shall not include any franchise, gross income, inheritance, transfer or similar tax or any interest or penalties for late payments of Taxes.  Further, if assessments may be paid in installments, same shall be deemed payable over the maximum number of installments and only those installments so deemed payable in any Lease Year shall be included for such Lease Year.

 

ii.      “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year commencing January 1, 2015 and ending December 31, 2015.

 

iii.     “Base Tax” shall mean the amount of Taxes, as finally determined, payable by Landlord during the Base Year.

 

iv.     “Tenant’s Tax Payment” shall be [*****]% of any increases in Taxes over the Taxes in the Base Year with respect to the Initial Premises, and following the Additional Space Commencement Date, [*****]% of any increases in Taxes over the Taxes in the Base Year.

 

B.             Commencing as of January 1, 2016, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, in each and every Lease Year during the term of this Lease and any and all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof, Tenant’s Tax Payment.

 

C.             Tenant’s Tax Payment shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have delivered to Tenant a statement setting forth the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment and the basis therefor provided that same shall be payable in two (2) payments consistent with the current New York City fiscal tax year tax payment dates of January 1 and July 1, (or in more frequent installments if New York City requires that Taxes be paid in more frequent installments) and no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to their due date.  Bills for such Taxes from the taxing authority shall be sufficient evidence of amount for the purpose of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share.  In the event Tenant fails to pay Tenant’s Tax Payment when due, Landlord shall be entitled, with respect thereto, to any and all remedies to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease for default in the payment of rent.  The failure of Landlord to bill Tenant for Tenant’s Tax Payment in any fiscal year shall not prejudice the right of Landlord to subsequently bill Tenant for such fiscal year or any subsequent fiscal year provided that in no

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

24



 

event may Landlord bill Tenant for any Tenant’s Tax Payment more than three (3) years after the billing period as to which such Tenant’s Tax Payment was applicable..

 

D.             In the event the Base Tax is reduced as a result of any appropriate proceeding, such reduced liability as finally fixed shall be regarded as the Base Tax and Landlord shall have the right to adjust the amount due from Tenant in any year in which Tenant is or was obligated to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and Tenant agrees to pay the amount of such adjustment on the rent installment day next following receipt of a written statement from Landlord setting forth the amount and basis of such adjustment.  In the event Landlord shall receive a refund or abatement of Taxes for any year during which Tenant has paid Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as above provided, the proceeds of such refund or abatement, less legal fees and other third party expenses incurred in collecting the same (unless already included in Taxes), shall be applied and allocated to the periods for which the refund or abatement was obtained and appropriate adjustment shall be made between Landlord and Tenant or if this Lease has ended, same shall promptly be paid to Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive a portion of any abatement which, by its terms, is to be credited to specific tenants (other than Tenant), rather than being applied against Taxes generally.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand as additional rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Landlord’s costs, including but not limited to, attorney and consultant fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any action or proceeding to reduce the assessed valuation of the land and the Building (unless such costs have already been included in Taxes).

 

E.             With respect to any period at the expiration of the term of this Lease which shall constitute a partial year, Landlord’s Statement shall apportion the amount due hereunder.  The obligations of Tenant, with respect to Tenant’s Proportionate Share applicable for the last year of the term of this Lease, or part thereof, shall survive the expiration, or sooner termination, of the term of this Lease.

 

40.           OPERATING EXPENSE ESCALATION:

 

In lieu of an operating expense escalation, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a one percent [*****]%  increase in Fixed Rent, commencing on the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing on each anniversary thereafter for the balance of the term of the Lease.  The increase will be compounded and cumulative.  The Fixed Rent, as increased in accordance with the provisions of this Article 40, is set forth in Exhibit C .

 

41.           ALTERATIONS; SIGNAGE:

 

Supplementing the provisions of Article 3:

 

A.             Tenant shall not make any change, alteration, demolition, restoration or improvement in, to or of the Demised Premises or erect any signs to the exterior of the Demised Premises (collectively, an “Alteration”), without first, in each instance, obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Anything to the contrary in Article 3 of the Lease notwithstanding, Tenant shall be permitted to perform non-structural alterations without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided such alterations (i) do not adversely affect the structural integrity of the Demised Premised or the Building, (ii) do not adversely affect the existing electrical, plumbing, heating, air conditioning, sewerage or drainage systems, or other building utility system (outside of Tenant’s internal distribution of same), (iii) do not affect the exterior of the Building, (iv) do not violate the restrictions or requirements imposed upon Landlord by any mortgage or superior lease affecting the Demises Premises or Building (provided a copy of same has been furnished to Tenant), (v) do not require the Certificate of Occupancy then in effect for the Demised Premises to be amended, (vi)

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

25



 

do not require the obtaining of a building permit or other governmental approval or permit, (vii) do not reduce the value of the Building, or (viii) do not cost more than $150,000 in the aggregate over a six (6) month period during each of the first five (5) Lease Years, and $200,000 in the aggregate over a six (6) month period in any Lease Year thereafter (the Alterations permitted by this sentence herein referred to as “Permitted Alterations”).  In addition, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for minor, non-structural work which is cosmetic or decorative in nature, such as painting, carpeting, wall papering, computer and telco wiring and cabling which is internal to the Demised Premises (except to the Point of Connection to the Building’s systems or risers) or which runs through shaft space provided by Landlord for such purpose and does not affect any other tenants’ premises in the Building, regardless of cost (“Decorative Work”). Tenant acknowledges that the Building of which the Demised Premises form a part has been designated a Landmark.  All of Tenant’s Alterations shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations with respect to such Landmark designation.  In no event shall Tenant make any Alterations at any time when Tenant is in default beyond the expiration of applicable grace periods.  Any and all Alterations may be made only subject to and in compliance with the following:

 

(1)            Before the commencement of any Alteration (other than Decorative Work) herein:  (i) Tenant shall, except in an emergency, give thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord; (ii) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval of the licensed architect and/or mechanics selected and paid for by Tenant who shall, respectively, observe and perform any such Alteration; and (iii) other than with respect to Permitted Alterations, together with the notice in (i), Tenant shall submit to Landlord detailed plans and specifications for the proposed Alteration, prepared by Tenant’s approved architect and/or engineer, obtain Landlord’s prior approval of such plans and specifications, which approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the provisions of this Article 41.

 

(2)            No Alterations, except in the case of a Permitted Alteration or Decorative Work, shall be made except as are in all material respects in accordance with such detailed plans and specifications, or with any amendments or additions thereto, as have been approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its reasonable and actual out of pocket third party expenses incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s plans and specifications, such reimbursement to be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.  All of Tenant’s contractors, architects and construction managers shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or conditioned and Landlord shall respond to such request for approval within seven (7) Business Days of such request, and if such failure continues for more than two (2) Business Days following Tenant’s delivery of a notice that Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request shall result in such contractor, architect or construction manager being deemed approved by Landlord, then Landlord’s failure to respond within such two (2) Business Days period shall constitute Landlord’s approval of such contractor, architect or construction manager.  Further, Landlord hereby approves of Spector Group as the architect for the Initial Improvements.  Landlord shall respond to Tenant within ten (10) Business Days for plans which are reviewed “in house”, and within fifteen (15) Business Days for plans which are sent for outside review, following Tenant’s submission of its detailed plans and specifications for its proposed Alterations in the Demised Premises.  If Landlord does not approve Tenant’s plans, it shall state the specific reasons for such disapproval in its response to Tenant.  If Landlord requests additional information or changes in the plans, Landlord shall respond within seven (7) Business Days following the resubmission of such additional information or revised plans.  If Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant’s request for approval, and such failure to respond continues for more than five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of a notice from Tenant that Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request shall result in the plans and specifications being deemed approved by Landlord, then Landlord’s failure to respond within such five (5) Business Day period shall constitute Landlord’s approval of such plans and specifications;

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

26



 

(3)            No Alteration shall be undertaken until Tenant shall have procured and paid for, so far as the same may be required from time to time, all permits and authorizations of any federal, state or municipal government or governmental agency, or any board, bureau, commission, department or body thereof, having or asserting jurisdiction;

 

(4)            Intentionally Omitted.

 

(5)            Any Alteration shall be made promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable permits and authorizations and with all laws, ordinances, orders, resolutions, restrictions and regulations, and the requirements of the Fire Insurance Rating Organization having jurisdiction and the local Board of Fire Underwriting, or any similar body;

 

(6)            Landlord may require that any structural Alteration or any Alteration that affects any service or utility system of the Building (other than Tenant’s internal distribution system that does not affect the operation of such system outside of the Demised Premises or a system exclusively servicing the Demised Premises) be performed in the presence of and under the supervision of an engineer or other construction professional designated by Landlord whose reasonable fees and expenses (as evidenced by copies of bills or invoices furnished by Landlord to Tenant) shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Landlord; if any Alteration involves a tie-in to the electrical system of the Building, Landlord may require Tenant to use Landlord’s designated electrical contractor for the Building (provided its fees are commercially reasonable) to perform such Alteration, at Tenant’s expense.

 

(7)            Unless Tenant is validly disputing same, the cost of any Alteration shall be paid when due so that the Demised Premises shall at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Demised Premises and free from any encumbrances, chattel mortgages, conditional bills of sale or security interests.  Upon completion of all Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written waivers or the right to file mechanics’ liens, or in lieu thereof, general releases from all contractors, subcontractors or materialmen (except to the extent of deminimis invoices of $5,000 or less) employed in connection with such alteration.  In all events, whether or not Tenant is disputing any such costs, if any mechanic’s, materialman’s or like lien are filed against the Demised Premises for work done for, or claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant shall commence and diligently proceed to have these liens bonded or discharged of record within thirty (30) days after notice of the filing thereof, thereafter all at Tenant’s own sole cost and expense.  Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall defend the Demised Premises and Landlord against all suits for the enforcement of any such lien or any bond in lieu of such lien, and Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord and the Demised Premises against any and all damages, expenses, or liabilities resulting from any such lien or suit.  Should Tenant fail to commence or diligently proceed to timely discharge any such lien, Landlord may do so by payment, bond or otherwise on 15 days’ notice to Tenant and the amount paid or incurred therefore by Landlord shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent forthwith upon demand;

 

(8)            Worker’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or bodily injury claims could be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the Demised Premises, and comprehensive general public liability insurance, including as the insured Landlord and Tenant and any mortgagee or holder of any ground or underlying lease with limits of not less than those fixed for such insurance in Article  47 hereof shall be obtained prior to commencing any such Alterations and shall be maintained by Tenant (or Tenant’s contractor) at Tenant’s or at such contractor’s own sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any such Alteration;

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

27



 

(9)            If Tenant employs any contractor to perform Alterations in the Demised Premises, such contractor and any subcontractor shall agree to employ only such labor as will not result in jurisdictional disputes or strikes or cause labor disharmony in the Building.  If Tenant fails to comply with this provision, Landlord may require Tenant to cease the performance of its Alterations.

 

(10)          All Alterations shall be subject to reasonable regulation by Landlord, consistent with good building management practices of first-class buildings located in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, and in accordance with Landlord’s rules and regulations.  A copy of Landlord’s current Alteration rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit D .  Landlord may require scheduling of the work during such days and hours as Landlord may reasonably specify in order to minimize interruption to the operation of the Building and/or disturbance to any of the tenant or occupants thereof.

 

B.             Any Alterations or Initial Improvements made by Tenant using the Improvement Allowance (as hereinafter defined) shall belong to Landlord and Landlord shall treat it the same on its federal income tax returns.  Any Alterations or Initial Improvements made by Tenant at its own expense shall belong to Tenant for federal income tax purposes and Tenant shall treat it the same on its federal income tax returns.

 

C.             Except as otherwise permitted under this Lease, Tenant shall not place any signs, sticker, poster, notice, advertising material or any item of any kind or nature, to the extent that same shall be visible from outside the Building, without the prior written approval of Landlord.  Tenant may not install or maintain any signage in the exterior windows of the Demised Premises.  Tenant may install identification signage, with Tenant’s name and logo, in the elevator lobby of the floor on which the Demised Premises are located, subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

D.             Nothing in this Lease shall be construed in any way as constituting the permission, consent or request of Landlord, express or implied, through act, or omission to act, by inference or otherwise, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer or materialman for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials for any specific improvement, installation, addition, decoration, alteration, or repair of or to the Demised Premises or as giving Tenant the right, power, or authority to contract for or permit the rendering of any service or the furnishing of any material that would give rise to the filing of any mechanic’s lien against the Building or the Demised Premises or Landlord’s interest therein.

 

E.             Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of listings in the directory located in the Building’s lobby.

 

F.              As an accommodation to Tenant, Landlord shall execute New York City Building Department form PW1 for each required discipline and TR1 for each required inspection upon or prior to Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s plans for any Alterations, including the Initial Improvements (as hereinafter defined), so as to enable Tenant to submit the plans for Building Department review simultaneously with review by Landlord.  Neither Landlord’s execution of these forms nor the submission of the plans to the Building Department shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s approval of such plans, which plans shall be subject to Landlord’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.  If Landlord requires that any revisions be made in the plans, Tenant shall, after Landlord’s approval of such revision,  promptly remit such revisions to the Building Department, and shall provide written evidence of such submission to Landlord.  In no event shall Tenant commence or perform any Initial Improvements prior to (i) having received Landlord’s consent thereto, whether or not required permits have been issued for such alterations by the Building Department, or (ii) the issuance of any permits which were issued by

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

28



 

the Building Department before its receipt and review of all revisions to the plans originally submitted.  It shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant to obtain all permits required in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements, which reflect the plans as finally approved by Landlord.  If any such forms to be signed by Landlord in connection with such submission or in connection with any self-certification by any of Tenant’s architects or contractors require Landlord to agree “to take all remedial measures necessary to meet DOB requirements if necessary”, the parties agree that, to the extent that any such remedial measures exceed Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for the performance of such remedial measures solely to the extent that they exceed Landlord’s obligations under the Lease.  If Landlord incurs any reasonable, out-of-pocket third party expense to perform any remedial measures which exceed its Lease obligations, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for such excess cost, which indemnification shall constitute Additional Rent under the Lease.

 

G.             Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in connection with Tenant’s construction of its Initial Improvements or its initial move-into the Demised Premises), Tenant’s construction materials or equipment are unable to fit into the Building’s existing freight elevators, Landlord will, at no cost or expense to Landlord, cooperate with Tenant to facilitate Tenant’s delivery of goods and materials to the Initial Premises by hoist or crane.  If required in order to bring such materials into the Demised Premises, Tenant may temporarily remove one or more windows or a window pier in the Demised Premises.  Tenant shall promptly, and at its sole cost and expense, reinstall the windows and window pier, restore the exterior and interior of the Demised Premises and repair any damage to the Building as a result of such work.  Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated contractor in connection with any work involving removal or replacement of the windows or the exterior of the Building (provided the rates of such contractor are commercially reasonable).  Tenant shall, at its expense, comply with all legal requirements in connection with the use of a hoist or crane and all related work, including, without limitation, obtaining any permits or approvals required from the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  All such work described in this Article 41G shall be done during Non-Business Hours.

 

H.             Landlord shall keep in full force and effect a policy of insurance against loss or damage by fire and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under standard forms of “all risk” insurance policies, with extended coverage, covering the Building, in an amount sufficient to avoid the effects of co-insurance, in such amounts as Landlord may deem appropriate.

 

42.           SECURITY DEPOSIT :

 

Supplementing the provisions of Article 34:

 

A.             In the event Landlord applies or retains any portion or all of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, restore the amount so applied or retained so that at all times the amount deposited shall be the amount set forth in Article 34, as modified by this Article 42.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon execution of this Lease, a fully completed and executed W-9 form.  If Tenant fails to provide same to Landlord, if any portion of the Security Deposit is held in cash, it shall be deposited into a non-interest bearing account until a W-9 Form is received by Landlord.

 

B.             In payment of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable and transferable letter of credit (such letter of credit or any extension or replacement thereof, being hereinafter referred to as the “L/C”) issued for the account of Landlord by a banking institution headquartered in the United States and acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , on such other commercially reasonable form as shall be reasonably approved by Landlord, which L/C is to be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Article.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

29



 

The L/C shall provide that it will be duly honored upon presentation to the issuing bank at a location within New York City or by facsimile, telecopier or other means which does not require Landlord to travel outside of New York City.  The L/C shall permit Landlord or its duly authorized representative (i) to draw thereon up to the full amount of the credit evidenced thereby upon presentation of the L/C and a sight draft in the amount to be drawn, together with Landlord’s written statement that it is entitled to draw thereon pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and (ii) to draw the full amount thereof to be held as cash Security Deposit pursuant to this Article if Landlord receives notice from the bank or Tenant that the L/C is not being renewed, and Tenant has not delivered to Landlord a replacement cash security deposit or L/C by thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the L/C.  The L/C shall provide that the bank shall give Landlord at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice (by means of receipted delivery) that the L/C is not being renewed. The term of the L/C, as same may be extended, shall not expire prior to the date which is sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date (or sixty days after the expiration of the Renewal Term, if applicable).  The L/C shall be fully transferable by Landlord and its successors and assigns without charge to Landlord.  If Landlord presents the L/C for payment, the amount of the L/C shall become the Security Deposit hereunder and shall be held, applied and returned by Landlord in accordance with the terms provided by the lease for the holding, application and return of the Security Deposit.  Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in effectuating any reduction in the Security Deposit to which Tenant is entitled under the Lease, so that Tenant shall not be required to maintain more than one L/C outstanding at any one time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby approves of Silicon Valley Bank as the issuer of the L/C.

 

C.             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, provided that, upon each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, no Event of Default is then outstanding under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period (each date on which all such conditions have been satisfied is referred to as a “Security Reduction Date”), the Security Deposit shall be reduced to the amounts indicated below; provided that if an Event of Default then existed on a Security Reduction Date, and same was other than a monetary Event of Default, upon the cure of such Event of Default (and acceptance of such cure by Landlord without the Lease being terminated) the L/C may then be reduced by Tenant as if no Event of Default had existed on such Security Reduction Date.

 

The Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows:

 

Security Reduction Date

 

Amount of Reduction

 

Amount of Security Deposit

 

Third anniversary of the Rent Commencement

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

Fourth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

Fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

 

43.           USE RESTRICTIONS:

 

A.             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will not use the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used:

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

30



 

i.               for the sale of travelers checks and/or foreign exchange to the general public in off-the-street transactions;

 

ii.              as a diagnostic medical center and/or for the practice of medicine, dentistry or any of the medical, healing or therapeutic arts;

 

iii.             for the teaching of or instructions or giving courses in either secretarial skills, and/or languages and/or a “trade school,” the primary business of which is instruction in fixing or operating office equipment and/or business machines;

 

iv.             as a telephone answering service.

 

v.              for the operation of a restaurant serving Chinese food, whether for consumption on the Demised Premises or for “take-out” service (meaning the preparation and dispatching for delivery or pick-up of food stuff and beverages, referred to herein as “Take-Out Service”) ;

 

vi.             as a pizzeria shop, whether for consumption on the Demised Premises or for Take-Out Service;

 

vii.            as a “health food” restaurant, whether for consumption on the Demised Premises or for Take-Out Service, or a retail business primarily selling items normally sold in a health food store;

 

viii.           as a school;

 

ix.             as a discount store (except that nothing contained herein shall interfere with Tenant’s normal pricing policies, including periodically offering its products at a “sale” or markdown price);

 

x.              as a multiple tenancy store;

 

xi.             by a foreign or domestic governmental agency or authority;

 

xii.            as a betting parlor or gambling casino

 

xiii.           by a utility company;

 

xiv.          as a night club, dance hall, cabaret or similar use;

 

xv.           as a flexible workplace center consisting primarily of executive suites and shared office workplaces; and/or

 

xvi.          any other exclusives granted by Landlord from time to time after the date of this Lease to any Building tenants with respect to the sale or providing of any merchandise or services not covered by any of the provisions of clauses (i) - (xv) above, so long as such merchandise or the providing of such services by such other tenant or tenants are not then being sold or provided by Tenant at the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of any such additional restrictive uses of the Demised Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, this provision shall not be construed to restrict or expand the permitted uses of the Demised Premises, as provided in Article 44 hereof.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

31



 

B.       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (i) Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises shall be subject and subordinate to the use restrictions set forth in Paragraph A above (the “Prohibited Uses”), and (ii) Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will not use the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used in breach or in violation of any of the Prohibited Uses.  In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to incur any expense or incur any obligations in order to terminate or modify the Prohibited Uses.  Tenant hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from all liability and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) which it may incur as a result of Tenant’s breach or violation of any of the Prohibited Uses.

 

44.           USE:

 

A.             Subject to compliance with all Legal Requirements, Tenant shall use the Demised Premises for general, executive and administrative offices for Tenant’s business, and other legal uses that are customarily ancillary and incidental to such office use in connection with Tenant’s business, including a pantry, and for no other purposes.

 

B.             Tenant acknowledges that the Demised Premises are located in a building constituting a first class office building.  Tenant agrees that it will operate the Demised Premises in a manner consistent with such a building.

 

C.             Tenant agrees that the value of the Demised Premises and the building of which the Demised Premises form a part and the reputation of Landlord will be seriously injured if the Demised Premises are used for any obscene or pornographic purposes or any sort of commercial sex establishment.  Tenant covenants and agrees not to knowingly bring or permit any occupant to produce, maintain or disseminate any obscene or pornographic material on or from the Demised Premises.  Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant will not permit any of these uses by any sublessee or assignee of the Demised Premises.  This provision will directly bind any successors in interest to Tenant.  Tenant agrees that if at any time Tenant violates any of the provisions of this Article, such violation shall be deemed a breach of a substantial obligation of the terms of this Lease and objectionable conduct.  Pornographic material is defined for purposes of this Article as any written or pictorial matter with prurient appeal or any objects of instrument that are primarily concerned with lewd or prurient or sexual activity.  Obscene material is defined here as it is in NYS Penal Law #235.00.

 

D.             Tenant shall not otherwise use or permit to be used any space outside of the Demised Premises for display, sale or any similar undertaking, nor shall Tenant use or permit to be used any advertising medium and/or loud speaker and/or amplifier and/or radios or televisions broadcast which is intended to be heard outside of the Demised Premises.

 

45.           TENANT’S INSTALLATIONS:

 

A.             Notwithstanding anything hereinbefore contained to the contrary, provided Tenant complies with all of the laws, orders, rules and regulations of the governmental authorities and the Fire Insurance Rating Organization having jurisdiction thereof and the Local Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other similar body, and provided further Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the right, at its own cost and expense to install such machinery, equipment and fixtures as may be required for the proper conduct of Tenant’s business, except that Landlord’s prior consent shall be required for any installation requiring structural alteration or structural changes to the Demised Premises.  Subject to the provisions of this Article, any and all movable machinery, equipment and

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

32



 

fixtures installed by Tenant (sometimes herein referred to as “Tenant’s Property”) shall remain personalty notwithstanding the fact that it may be affixed or attached to the realty, and shall, during the term of this Lease or any extension or renewal thereof, belong to and be removable by Tenant, provided the (a) Tenant shall remove said installations prior to the expiration of such term or the sooner termination thereof; and (b) Tenant shall repair any damage caused by said removal and shall deliver the Demised Premises to Landlord in broom clean condition, reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted.  Prior to the expiration of the term or sooner termination thereof, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, remove from the Demised Premises all of Tenant’s Property except such items thereof as Tenant shall have expressly agreed in writing with Landlord are to remain and to become the property of Landlord, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises resulting from such removal.

 

B.             When Tenant submits plans to Landlord for approval, Tenant shall ask Landlord to advise it whether any Alteration proposed to be made in the Demised Premises constitutes a Specialty Alteration (as defined below), which will be required to be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.  If Landlord has advised Tenant that a proposed Alteration is a Specialty Alteration that must be removed on or before the end of the term, Tenant shall, prior to the end of the term hereof, remove any Specialty Alterations so specified by Landlord, and repair all damage caused by such removal and restore the affected portion or portions of the Demised Premises to the same condition as upon the commencement of the term hereof, reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted.  Landlord shall only have the right to require Tenant to remove those Alterations which are “Specialty Alterations.”  Notwithstanding such notice given by Landlord, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Tenant given no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Expiration Date, to revoke its removal notice with respect to any Specialty Alteration and, in such case, Tenant shall not remove such Specialty Alteration from the Demised Premises.  For the purposes hereof a “Specialty Alteration” is an Alteration that is not a customary office type installation, such as executive bathrooms, raised flooring, and kitchen facilities for cooking or frying of foods, or is structural in nature such as, but not limited to, a vault, internal staircase, private elevator or slab penetration (other than for risers or conduits), and which cost materially more to demolish and restore then do customary office installations.  If Tenant is obligated to remove any Specialty Alterations at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove same and repair any damage caused thereby and restore such affected area to the condition same was in prior to the installation of such Specialty Alteration.  Any Specialty Alterations installed by Tenant which Tenant was obligated to remove and which remain within the Demised Premises after the expiration of such term or sooner termination thereof and after Tenant is no longer in possession of the Demised Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, either (i) become the property of Landlord, free of any claim by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant, or (ii) be removed and disposed of by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and expense, without further notice to or demand upon Tenant. Machinery, fixtures, chattels, or equipment if any, furnished or installed by Tenant, the cost of which is to be borne by Landlord, shall become the property of Landlord upon payment therefor by Landlord or reimbursement of Tenant by Landlord as the case may be, and shall not be removed by Tenant.  Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination thereof.

 

46.           INDEMNIFICATION:

 

Subject to the provisions of Article 9 regarding release of liability and waiver of subrogation, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and save Landlord, its agents and their respective partners, shareholders and principals harmless (“Landlord Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, damages, suits, judgments, liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, arising out of or in connection with any claims based upon Tenant, Tenant’s employees’, agents’, contractors’, and invitees’ use of the Demised Premises or their negligence, or wilful misconduct; provided , that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent such claim results from the negligence

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

33



 

(other than negligence to which the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Article 9 applies) or wilful misconduct of any Landlord Indemnified Party.

 

47.           INSURANCE:

 

A.             Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to procure, maintain and to keep in full force and effect, during the term of the Lease or any extension thereof, for the benefit of Landlord, its agents, and designees and Tenant, insurance coverage in the amounts and on the terms and conditions as set forth below.

 

i.               A policy of primary Commercial General Liability insurance (including contractual liability insurance) protecting Landlord, its agents and Tenant and any other parties so designated in writing by Landlord as additional insured against any liability whatsoever occurring in or about the Demised Premises or any appurtenances thereto, with minimum limits of two million ($2,000,000.00) dollars for bodily injury and property damage and shall include coverage for personal injury with minimum limits of two million ($2,000,000.00) dollars annual aggregate; Products/Completed Operations with minimum limits of one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars per occurrence; Fire Legal Liability with minimum limits of fifty thousand ($50,000.00) dollars per fire; Medical Payments with minimum limits of five thousand ($5,000.00) dollars per person.  The insurance certificate shall identify the Premises.  The policy shall be written on the basis of occurrence and shall not contain any self-insured except that same may have commercially reasonable deductibles.

 

ii.              A policy of statutory Worker’s Compensation insurance covering Tenant’s employees, and agents with Employer’s Liability coverage in the amount of not less than $1,000,000 or, if greater, any amount required by applicable law.

 

iii.             A policy of Umbrella Liability coverage with minimum limits of Five Million ($5,000,000.00) dollars per occurrence and Five Million ($5,000,000.00) dollars specific and General Aggregate per location, and shall cover in the same manner as the primary coverage.  Underlying policies will include, but not be limited to all coverage under the Commercial General Liability policy and Employer’s Liability coverage under the Workers’ Compensation policy.  The policy will contain no additional exclusions or limitations than those of the underlying policies.

 

iv.             All Risk Property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the cost of replacement of all Tenant’s decorations, improvements fixtures, furniture, stock and other contents; and business interruption insurance adequate to cover Tenant’s loss of income as a result of a loss sustained by a peril covered under the policy.

 

B.             General Conditions:

 

i.               All insurance (other than Worker’s Compensation insurance) required hereunder shall name each of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, the fee owner and Lender (as hereinafter defined), and/or any designee of Landlord as an additional insured.

 

ii.              Insurance companies must be reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord as to an acceptable Standard & Poor’s or A.M. Best rating, with minimum rating of A-VIII.  The insurance companies shall be authorized to issue insurance in the State of New York.

 

iii.             Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a certificate of the insurance policies required hereunder prior to occupancy of the Demised Premises and upon a minimum of twenty (20) days in

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

34



 

advance for each renewal or replacement policy.  If the policy contains more than one location, Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall provide a binder and certificate of insurance reflecting and confirming that the insurance is provided in accordance with the terms of the insurance provisions hereof and shall also include therewith a copy of all endorsements specifically applicable to the Landlord and the Demised Premises.

 

iv.             Tenant’s Umbrella Liability shall cover in the same manner as the primary Commercial General Liability policy and shall contain no additional exclusions or limitations than those of said primary policy.

 

v.              The insurance policies shall provide for a period of thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord or its designee, at Landlord’s address, of any cancellation, material change, or non-renewal.

 

vi.             Tenant will provide evidence of proof of payment of the premium in the form of a receipted invoice from the insurance company or insurance agent or in other form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord within thirty (30) days of effective date of the policy, or Landlord or its agents shall not be responsible for the payment of any premiums for such insurance.

 

vii.            The minimum limits of insurance coverage required by the insurance provisions of this Lease shall in no way limit or diminish Tenant’s liability.

 

viii.           Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in full force and effect the aforementioned insurance coverage during the term of the Lease and any extension of thereof shall, if not corrected after notice and a ten (10) day grace period (but in no event after the expiration or cancellation of the insurance coverage in question) be regarded as a material default hereunder, entitling Landlord to exercise any and all of the remedies as provided in this Lease in the event of Tenant’s default.

 

ix.             The minimum limits of insurance described herein shall be subject to increase at any time, and from time to time, after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, if Landlord shall deem same necessary for adequate protection, provided that any such higher minimum amounts of insurance are based on such limits as are then customarily carried by tenants occupying similar size space in similar buildings in the area in which the Building is located.  Within thirty (30) days after demand therefore by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence of compliance with such demand.

 

x.              In the event Tenant fails to maintain the aforementioned insurance as provided herein, Landlord may, but is not obligated to procure and maintain same at Tenant’s cost and expense and Tenant shall pay such amounts expended by Landlord on Tenant’s behalf as Additional Rent.

 

xi.             Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements or appurtenances removable by Tenant and agrees that Landlord will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

 

xii.            Each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other for recovery and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible and to the extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other and their respective officers, directors, agents, partners, servants, employees, Landlords, mortgagees and affiliates from any liability in connection with such claim or recovery and waive all right of recovery against the other or anyone claiming through or under the releasing person by way of subrogation for any claim for any loss or damage, including any claim for loss or rents or profits, which loss or damage is of the type required to be

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

35



 

covered by the parties under this Article regardless of any negligence on the part of the released persons which may have contributed to or caused such loss or damage. This foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance, and also provided that such a policy can be obtained without additional premiums. Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective insurance policies will include the aforesaid clause so long as the same is obtainable without extra cost or if extra cost be charged, so long as the party for whose benefit the clause is obtained shall pay such extra cost.  If there is an extra cost to obtain such release and waiver, the party whose carrier imposes such cost shall advise the other of the amount of the extra cost and the other party, at its election, may pay the same within ten (10) days of written demand, or decline to pay, in which event the release from liability given to said party by this paragraph shall be deemed to be withdrawn and of no force and effect, and the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligations under the provisions hereof with respect to the waiver of subrogation.

 

48.           CERTIFICATES:

 

Tenant and Landlord shall, without charge, any time and from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after request by the other party, certify by written instrument, in the form submitted to such party (with such reasonable changes as the receiving party shall request), duly executed, acknowledged and delivered, to any mortgagee, assignee of any mortgage or purchaser, or any proposed mortgagee, assignee of any mortgage or purchaser, or any other person, firm or corporation specified by the requesting party stating only:

 

i.               that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there has been modification, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications);

 

ii.              whether or not to the signer’s knowledge there are then existing any set-offs or defenses against the enforcement of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions hereof upon the part of Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, to be performed or complied with (and, if so, specifying the same);

 

iii.             the dates, if any, to which the rental and other changes hereunder have been paid in advance; and

 

iv.             any other factual information reasonably required by the party requesting the estoppel certificate regarding the Lease.

 

49.           MODIFICATION FOR MORTGAGES:

 

If, in connection with obtaining financing or refinancing for the building of which the Demised Premises form a part, a banking, insurance or other institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing or refinancing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not reduce Tenant’s rights under this Lease, or increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder (except, perhaps, to the extent that Tenant may be required to give notices of any defaults by Landlord to such lender and/or permit the curing of such defaults by such lender together with the granting of such additional reasonable time for such curing as may be required for such lender to get possession of the said Building) or adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created.  In no event shall a requirement that the consent of any such lender be given for any modification, a voluntary termination or surrender of this Lease (as opposed to an express termination right set forth in this Lease by reason of a casualty or condemnation) be deemed to adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

36



 

50.           BROKER:

 

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant that they have dealt with no broker except CBRE Inc. and Avison Young—New York, LLC (collectively, the “Broker “) in connection with the execution of this Lease or the showing of the Demised Premises and agrees to hold and save each other harmless from and against any and all liabilities from any claims of any broker (including, without limitation, the cost of attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with the defense of any such claims) with whom such indemnifying party dealt except the Broker.  Landlord shall pay the Broker pursuant to a separate agreement.

 

51.           “AS-IS” CONDITION:

 

Tenant has examined and inspected the Demised Premises and Tenant agrees to accept said Demised Premises in their “as-is” condition existing on the date hereof and Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any work or furnish any materials in connection therewith, except as otherwise indicated on Landlord’s Work Letter annexed hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof, or as otherwise set forth in this Lease.

 

52.           EXCULPATORY CLAUSE:

 

If the Landlord or any successor in interest be an individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, co-partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated association, or other unincorporated aggregate of individuals or a corporation (all of which are referred to below, individually and collectively, as a “Landlord Entity”), then, anything elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property of such Landlord Entity in the building of which the Demised Premises are a part and the proceeds therefrom (provided, however, that in the case of a sale of Landlord Entity’s interest in the land and Building, Tenant shall have no recourse to the proceeds of such sale where the purchaser has assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall have no recourse to any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards, to the extent such proceeds or awards are applied to the restoration of the Building or Demised Premises or are required to be applied to repayment of any mortgage encumbering the Building or land upon which it is located), for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection, of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to be observed and/or performed by Landlord, and no other property or assets of such landlord entity shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies.

 

53.           AIR CONDITIONING:

 

A.             Landlord is installing two (2) new water-cooled air-conditioning package units, totaling not less than 100 tons, to service the Demised Premises (collectively, the “New A/C Units”) as part of Landlord’s Work.  Such New A/C Units shall be delivered to Tenant together with a new manufacturer’s warranty covering all parts and labor for a period of one (1) year and covering all major components and labor for a period of at least five (5) years, which warranty shall be assigned to Tenant, and Landlord shall, upon request, assist Tenant in the enforcement of such warranty. Tenant’s use of the New A/C Units shall be in accordance with the reasonable rules and regulations of Landlord as are uniformly applied to other tenants having similar units, and the instructions of the manufacturer of such air conditioning system.  During the term of the Lease, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain and repair the New A/C Unit, including, without limitation, those portions of the base Building air-conditioning distribution system located within the Demised Premises, such as ductwork, diffusers and thermostat controls, using a service contractor selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

37



 

not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of any supplemental air-conditioning system it installs in the Demised Premises (which supplemental systems shall be installed in accordance with the terms of this Lease.)  Except as set forth in the preceding sentences, Landlord shall maintain in good order and repair those portions of the base Building air-conditioning system serving the Demised Premises to which the New A/C Units are connected, which portions are located outside of the Demised Premises, provided, however, that Tenant shall be liable and be required to repair any damage to such portions of the air conditioning system caused by the negligence or wilful misconduct of Tenant, its officers, agents, servants, employees, licensees, contractors or invitees.

 

B.             Landlord shall supply condenser water for cooling capacity of up to 100 tons (the “Condenser Water Capacity”) to the Demised Premises, 24 hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365 days-a-year.  The initial charge for the Condenser Water Capacity is currently $[*****] per ton, per year (the “Condenser Water Charge”).  As of the earlier of (i) the date Tenant substantially completes its Initial Improvements in the Demised Premises, or (ii) the date tenant occupies the Demised Premises for the normal conduct of business (the “Condenser Water Commencement Date”), Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $[*****] per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $[*****] each on the first day of each month during the term of this Lease, for the provision of the Condenser Water Capacity.  This amount will increase as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date to $[*****] per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $[*****] on the first day of each month.  As of the first anniversary of the Condenser Water Commencement Date, and on each anniversary of such date thereafter during the term, the Condenser Water Charge shall increase cumulatively at the rate of [*****] percent ([*****]%) per annum, so that the Condenser Water Charge for each Lease Year shall be [*****]% of the Condenser Water Charge payable during the previous Lease Year. There shall be no connection fee or tap-in or “drain down” fee with respect to Tenant’s air-conditioning equipment.  All charges pursuant to this Article 53 shall constitute Additional Rent.

 

C.             Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all the regulations and requirements which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the New A/C Unit.  Landlord, throughout the term of this Lease, shall have access to any and all air conditioning facilities (including mechanical rooms) in the Demised Premises upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times (except in the case of an emergency), provided Landlord agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to minimize interruption to Tenant’s business resulting from the exercise of such access rights.

 

D.             Landlord reserves the right to interrupt, curtail or suspend the services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Article when the necessity therefor arises by reason of accident, emergency, mechanical breakdown or when required by any law, order or regulation of any Federal, State, County or Municipal authority, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.  Landlord shall use due diligence to complete all required repairs or other necessary work as quickly as possible so that Tenant’s inconvenience resulting therefrom may be for as short a period of time as circumstances will permit, except that nothing shall be construed as to require Landlord to employ labor on an overtime or other premium basis.  Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, no diminution or abatement of Additional Rent or other compensation or claim of constructive eviction shall or will be claimed by Tenant as a result therefrom, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of such interruption, curtailment or suspension.

 

E.             Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the cost of the electric current used in the operation of the New A/C Units and any supplemental air conditioning units which may be installed in any portion of the Demised Premises, which electrical current shall be measured and paid pursuant to the terms of

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

38



 

Article 38 hereof.  Landlord shall install an “all in one” time clock and meter combination (each, a “Time Clock Meter”) on each of the New A/C Units.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only be responsible for the electric charges shown on the Time Clock Meters (plus a [*****]% override amount) as having been incurred by the New A/C Units at times other than during Business Hours on Business Days at the electric rates then in effect, and shall not be responsible for paying the electric charges shown on the Time Clock Meters as having been incurred by the New A/C Units during Business Hours on Business Days.

 

F.              Landlord shall supply up to 7.5 tons of condenser water (the “Supplemental Condenser Water Capacity”) for Tenant’s supplemental air conditioning in the Demised Premises, 24 hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365 days-a-year.  The initial charge for the Supplemental Condenser Water Capacity is currently $[*****] per ton, per year (the “Supplemental Condenser Water Charge”).  As of the Condenser Water Commencement Date (as defined in Section 53B above), Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $[*****] per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $[*****] on the first day of each month during the term of this Lease, for the provision of the Supplemental Condenser Water Capacity.  This amount will increase as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date to $[*****] per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $[*****] on the first day of each month. As of the first anniversary of the Condenser Water Commencement Date, and on each anniversary of such date thereafter during the term, the Supplemental Condenser Water Charge shall increase cumulatively at the rate of [*****] percent ([*****]%) per annum, so that the Supplemental Condenser Water Charge for each Lease Year shall be [*****]% of the Supplemental Condenser Water Charge payable during the previous Lease Year.

 

54.           SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT:

 

A.             Subject to the other provisions hereof, this Lease, and all the rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to all Security Instruments (as hereinafter defined) which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the Demised Premises are a part and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of such underlying mortgages and leases.  Tenant agrees that if by reason of default on the part of Landlord herein, under any ground or underlying lease or any leasehold mortgage affecting Landlord’s interest (as ground lessee), a ground or underlying lessor or a leasehold mortgagee shall enter into and become possessed of the real property of which the Demised Premises form a part, or any part or parts of such real property either through possession or foreclosure action or proceedings, or through the issuance and delivery of a new lease of the Demised Premises covered by the ground or underlying lease to said leasehold mortgagee, then, if this Lease is in full force and effect at such time, Tenant shall attorn to such lessor or such leasehold mortgagee, as its Landlord; and in such event, such lessor or leasehold mortgagee and their successors in interest shall not (i) be liable to Tenant for any defaults theretofore committed by Landlord and no such default shall give rise to any rights of offset or deduction against the rents payable under this Lease, except for any offset or deduction expressly set forth in this Lease, (ii) be bound by any payment of rent for more than one month in advance, or (iii) be bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease without the express written consent of Lessor or leasehold mortgagee or their successors-in-interest, except to the extent such amendment or modification is pursuant to the express terms of this Lease. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the Building or the land on which it stands.  In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall from time to time execute within fifteen (15) days of request therefor, a certificate, which may be in recordable form, that Landlord may reasonably request.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

39



 

B.            Landlord agrees that, on or before the Commencement Date, it shall deliver a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit F-1 with respect to the Ground Lease identified in Paragraph C(i) below, and a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit F-2 , with respect to the Mortgage identified in Paragraph C(ii) below.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) from any future lender or holder of any underlying leasehold interest in the Building or property on which the Building is located (either being referred to as a “Superior Party”), in either case on the form then used by such Superior Party.  In connection with such requests, Landlord shall provide the Superior Party with such information as it may reasonably request in determining whether to issue an SNDA with respect to this Lease.  If the Superior Party refuses to deliver an SNDA, Landlord shall request a written statement setting forth the reason for such refusal, and shall provide Tenant with a copy of any such statement provided.  Landlord shall have no obligation to incur any expense in order to obtain an SNDA beyond making requests and giving notices as required herein, and, if Landlord has complied with the provisions of this paragraph, it shall have no liability if a Superior Party refuses to deliver an SNDA.

 

C.            Landlord represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, the Demised Premises are not encumbered by any ground or master leases of the Building (or the underlying real property of which the Demised Premises and Building are a part) or any lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust (collectively “Security Instruments”) other than (i) the indenture of lease by and between Arlen Operating Company, a New York partnership, Philip J. Levin and Janice H. Levin, predecessor-in-interest to Paramount Fee, L.P., collectively, as ground lessor, and Landlord, successor-in-interest to 1499-1501 Broadway Company, a New York partnership, and Levin Properties, a New York partnership, as ground lessee, dated October 28, 1968 and recorded on October 30, 1968 in the New York County office of the Register of the City of New York in Reel 121, at page 1270 (as same as been amended, modified, assigned and/or supplemented; collectively, the “Ground Lease”), and (ii) the Consolidated, Amended and Restated Fee and Leasehold Mortgage Security Agreement dated as of April 18, 2013 by and between Paramount Fee, L.P. and Paramount Leasehold, L.P., collectively, as borrowers, and Cantor Commercial Real Estate Lending, L.P., which mortgage consolidates various fee and leasehold mortgages set forth in exhibits thereto (the “Mortgage”).

 

55.                                ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

 

A.            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 11 of this Lease, except as expressly provided herein, Tenant may not sublet all or a portion of the Demised Premises or assign the Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided:

 

(1)           there shall not be more than four (4) subtenants (other than Affiliates and Desk Space Users) at any one time;

 

(2)           a true copy of any proposed sublease (other than to an Affiliate) or assignment shall be submitted to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the execution and delivery thereof;

 

(3)           the sublease must provide that the same is subject and subordinate to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease;

 

(4)           the proposed subtenant or assignee is a reputable party of reasonable financial worth considering the responsibilities involved and Tenant shall have provided Landlord with reasonable proof thereof;

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

40



 

(5)           no subletting or assignment shall relieve Tenant of its obligation or liabilities hereunder, or shall be deemed a consent to a further subletting or assignment;

 

(6)           Tenant shall not then be in default under any of the terms, covenants, provisions, agreements or conditions of this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice or cure periods;

 

(7)           Provided Landlord then has other comparable space for a comparable term available or reasonably expects such space to become available within the next ninety (90) days, the proposed subtenant or assignee shall not be a then existing Tenant or occupant of the Building of which the Demised Premises are a part nor shall the proposed subtenant or assignee be a person or entity with whom the Landlord is then negotiating to lease space in the Building;

 

(8)           Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the reasonable cost of Landlord’s attorney’s fees and disbursements in connection with each such subletting or assignment;

 

(9)           Any assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment, an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord whereby such assignee shall agree to be bound by and perform all of the covenants agreements, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed occurring from and after the effective date thereof;

 

(10)         The Demised Premises shall not, without the Landlord’s prior consent, have been listed or otherwise publicly advertised for subletting at a rental rate less than the prevailing asking rental rate then set by the Landlord for comparable space in the Building, and if no comparable space is then available, at the prevailing rental rate set by the Landlord, but nothing herein shall limit Tenant’s right to negotiate or sign a sublease at a lower rate;

 

(11)         Any proposed sublease shall provide that in the event of the termination of this Lease, or the re-entry or dispossession of the Tenant by the Landlord under this Lease, such subtenant shall, at the Landlord’s option, attorn to the Landlord as its sublessor pursuant to the then applicable terms of such sublease for the remaining term thereof, except that the Landlord shall not be (i) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant as sublessor under such sublease, (ii) subject to any offset which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against the Tenant, (iii) bound by any modification of such sublease not consented to in writing by the Landlord or by any prepayment of rent more than one month in advance, (iv) bound to return such subtenant’s security deposit until it has come into its actual possession and the subtenant would be entitled to its return pursuant to the terms of the sublease, and (v) bound by any obligation to make any payment to any subtenant or perform any work in the Premises.

 

(12)         The proposed assignee or subtenant is not entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and/or is subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of New York.

 

B.            Anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained notwithstanding, should Tenant desire to sublet the whole or any part of the Demised Premises or to assign the Lease pursuant to subparagraph A above, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of (1) the action which the Tenant proposes; (2) the principal proposed terms and conditions of the desired assignment or subletting, including without limitation, the rent payable, the proposed commencement and expiration dates of the term of the desired sublease, or the effective date of the desired assignment, (3) the identity of the proposed subtenant or assignee, together with financial information regarding such party, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (4) such other information as Landlord shall reasonably request (the “Proposal”).  The

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

41



 

Proposal shall contain a statement directing Landlord’s attention to the provisions of this Article 56, and shall be given not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the effective date of such proposed subletting or assignment.  Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by Landlord’s giving notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Proposal from Tenant, in the case of either (i) a proposed assignment, or (ii) a proposed sublease of all or substantially all of the Demised Premises for all or substantially all of the remaining term of the Lease, to cancel this Lease. If Landlord elects to cancel the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph B, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw its request to sublet or assign within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s notice of such election, in which case this Lease shall continue uninterrupted.  Any such cancellation of this Lease shall become effective on the effective date of the proposed assignment or subletting, and such cancellation shall have the same force and effect as if said cancellation date were the date originally set forth as the expiration date for the term of the Lease.  If Landlord does not deliver a written notice to Tenant within the time periods set forth herein and such failure to respond continues for more than five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of a notice from Tenant that Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request shall result in the proposed assignment or subletting being approved, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the proposed assignment or subletting.  If this Lease is not cancelled pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after the execution thereof a copy of the fully executed sublease or assignment that was entered into pursuant to the Proposal.  If Tenant does not execute such sublease or assignment within three (3) months after the delivery of Tenant’s Proposal then Tenant must again comply with the provisions of this Article 56B if it wishes to so sublet the Demised Premises or assign this Lease.

 

C.            (1)           For all purposes of this Lease (i) the issuance of interests in Tenant or any subtenant or any non-individual guarantor (whether stock, partnership interest or otherwise) to any person or party or group of related persons or parties, whether in a single transaction or series of related or unrelated transactions, in such quantities that after such issuance such person, party or group shall have control of Tenant, subtenant or guarantor, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease or such sublease, as the case may be; (ii) the direct or indirect transfer of more than a fifty (50%) percent beneficial interest of Tenant or any subtenant or guarantor (whether stock, partnership interest or otherwise) by any party or parties-in-interest, whether in a single transaction or series of related or unrelated transactions, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, or such sublease, as the case may be; and (iii) an extension of a sublease or a material modification or amendment of a sublease shall be deemed a sublease (in either case except as required to effectuate the terms of such sublease); provided that the provisions of clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to (x) the transfer of shares of a corporation that is publicly traded on a national or an over-the-counter exchange, or (y) Tenant taking all actions necessary to go “public”, and same shall not require the consent of Landlord.  In addition, a transfer of stock among the current stockholders of Tenant and their immediate families (i.e., spouses, parents, brothers, sisters, children, grandchildren or any spouse of any such parent, brother, sister, child or grandchild), or a transfer of stock in trust for the benefit of such stockholders or their immediate families, or a transfer of stock by will or devise, shall not constitute an assignment for the purposes of this Lease.

 

(2)           Anything in Article 11 or this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant (and any permitted subtenant or assignee) shall have the right without the consent of Landlord, but upon at least twenty (20) days prior written notice to Landlord (which notice must be accompanied by the accountant’s certification, if required pursuant to the following provisions of this Paragraph C(2)), (x) to assign this Lease or sublet the Demised Premises to, or to permit occupancy of any portion of the Demised Premises by, any party that is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) but only for long as such party remains an Affiliate, and (y) to assign this Lease to (i) any entity that acquires substantially all of the assets, stock or ownership interests of Tenant, (ii) any entity into which Tenant is merged, and (iii) any entity resulting from a consolidation of Tenant with another entity (an entity described in (i)-(iii) is

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

42



 

referred to herein as a “Successor Entity”), provided that, in the case of an assignment to a Successor Entity, (a) such acquisition, merger or consolidation or other transaction, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the leasehold estate created by this Lease, (b) immediately after giving effect to any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or other transaction, as the case may be, in the case of a transaction by Tenant the Successor Entity which is or becomes the owner of Tenant’s leasehold estate under this Lease, shall have a net worth, exclusive of good will, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and represented to Landlord by an independent certified public accountant (and certified to Landlord by an officer of Tenant, by certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord), of no less than $100,000,000, and in the case of a transaction by a subtenant, shall have a net worth exclusive of good will, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and represented to Landlord by a certified public accountant, at least equal to the tangible net worth, similarly determined, of subtenant as of the date of the sublease, or, if lower, as of the date of the transfer; and (c) the assignee shall have executed and delivered to Landlord a duplicate original instrument of assignment and assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, duly executed by Tenant and the assignee, pursuant to which the assignee shall assume performance of all of the terms of this Lease, as the same may have been amended, on Tenant’s part to be performed.  The provisions of Article 55E below shall not be applicable to the assignments, transfers and subleases described in this Article 55C(2).  If any subtenant is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article C(2), Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease so long as it is diligently pursuing its remedies against the subtenant.

 

(3)           The term “Affiliate”, as used herein, shall mean any entity controlled by, under common control with, or which controls Tenant.  For purposes of this Article, “control” shall be deemed to mean ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty (50%) percent of the beneficial equity or ownership interests in Tenant together with the power to direct and control the management and policies of Tenant, whether by contract, voting, securities or otherwise. Upon making a sublease or assignment to any Affiliate, Tenant shall notify Landlord and certify to Landlord the manner in which such Affiliate is related to Tenant.  If, after any interest has been transferred to an Affiliate, such entity no longer qualifies as an Affiliate as defined in this Paragraph, such assignment or sublease shall be deemed a new assignment or subletting to which the provisions of this Article shall apply.

 

D.            It is expressly understood and agreed that there shall be no other or further subletting or further assignment unless the same are in strict compliance with Article 11 and this Article.

 

E.            If the Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of the Lease or to any subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of the Demised Premises (other than to a Successor Entity or Affiliate), Tenant shall in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as additional rent:

 

(1)           in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of so much of the sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof, as shown on Tenant’s books and records) as shall exceed the sum of (i) reasonable and customary brokerage commissions, advertising costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by Tenant for such assignment, (ii) reimbursement to Landlord for its expenses related to approval of the assignment, and (iii) New York City and New York State real property transfer taxes; and

 

(2)           in the case of a subletting, (x) fifty (50%) percent of any and all rents, additional charges and other consideration payable to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the annual Fixed

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

43



 

Rent and additional rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space pursuant to the terms of the Lease (for this purpose, the annual Fixed Rent and additional rent payable under this Lease in respect of the subleased space shall be determined by multiplying the leasable square foot area of such subleased space by a fraction, the numerator of which is the then annual Fixed and Additional Rent payable pursuant to the Lease in respect of the entire Demised Premises, and the denominator of which shall be the then leasable square foot area of the entire Demised Premises); and (y) fifty (50%) percent of all sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, less, in the case of the sale thereof, fifty (50%) percent of the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof as shown on Tenant’s books and records.  The sums payable to Landlord under this Article shall be paid to Landlord as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.  Tenant shall be entitled to recoup its documented costs for the following items before it is liable to pay to Landlord its share of profit:  (i) brokerage commissions, advertising costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by Tenant for such subletting, (ii) reimbursement to Landlord of its expenses related to approval of the subletting, (iii) New York City and New York State real property transfer taxes, (iv) commercially reasonable tenant inducements in the form of rental abatements or credits against rents, and (v) construction allowances or the cost of work letters in lieu thereof.

 

F.             Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, without the consent of Landlord, Tenant may from time to time, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease, permit portions of the Premises to be used or occupied under so-called “desk sharing” arrangements by a “Desk Space User”; provided, that (i) any such use or occupancy of desk or office space shall be without the installation of any separate entrance, and the space occupied by the Desk Space User shall not be separately demised, (ii) at any time during the term, the aggregate of the rentable square footage then used by Desk Space Users pursuant to this Section shall not exceed 10% of the rentable area of the then-current Demised Premises then being occupied by Tenant, (iii) each Desk Space User shall use the Premises in accordance with all of the provisions of this Lease, and only for the use expressly permitted pursuant to this Lease, (iv) in no event shall the use of any portion of the Demised Premises by a Desk Space User create or be deemed to create any right, title or interest of such Desk Space User in any portion of the Demised Premises or this Lease, (v) such “desk sharing” arrangement shall terminate automatically upon the termination of this Lease, (vi) such Desk Space User shall not have any signage outside of the Demised Premises, (vii) each Desk Space User shall be engaged in a business or activity which is in keeping with standards of the Building and (viii) such desk sharing arrangement is for a valid business purpose and not to circumvent the provisions of this Article 55. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of any Desk Space Users in the Premises, which notice shall include (1) a description of the nature and character of the business being conducted in the Demised Premises by such Desk Space User, and their relationship to Tenant, and (2) the rentable square feet of the Premises occupied by such Desk Space User, together with a copy of the agreement, if any, relating to the use or occupancy of such portion of the Demised Premises by such Desk Space User. “Desk Space User” means bona fide clients, business partners, joint venture partners and concessionaries of Tenant, accountants engaged by Tenant, government auditors having jurisdiction over Tenant’s business in the Premises for a purpose associated with the business of Tenant, and persons or entities to whom Tenant has outsourced business functions or with which Tenant has an active and meaningful business relationship, including governmental oversight, for so long as such Desk Space User has an on-gong business or oversight relationship with Tenant. No such use or occupancy by any Desk Space User shall operate to give any such persons any right or interest in this Lease or the Demised Premises other than the right to occupy such portion of the Demised Premises during the term, and such use or occupancy shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants and condition of this Lease.  Tenant has been advised that an existing tenant, HQ Global Workplaces LLC (“HQ Global”), has an exclusive right to use its premises for Executive Office Suites, consisting principally of the operation of a flexible workplace center consisting primarily of executive suites and shared office workplaces, including the provision of services of the type that HQ Global is

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

44



 

customarily providing at such time in the New York metropolitan area to users of its flexible workplace centers.  If HQ Global claims that Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for desk-sharing arrangements with Desk Space Users violates HQ Global’s exclusive use, Tenant shall immediately discontinue any desk-sharing arrangements then in effect, and shall not thereafter permit any such arrangements for so long as HQ Global’s lease remains in effect.

 

G.            Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, during the first [*****] Lease Years following the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, to sublease up to one-third of the rentable area of the then- current Demised Premises, each for a term not exceeding five years (inclusive of any renewal options), without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord and without being subject to Landlord’s right of recapture or profit-sharing.  Such subleases shall otherwise be subject to all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 11.

 

56.                                SAVING PROVISION:

 

If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any situation shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease, or the application thereof to situations other than that as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

57.                                LEASE NOT BINDING UNLESS EXECUTED:

 

Submission by Landlord of the within Lease for execution by Tenant, shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed this Lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

 

58.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT:

 

No earlier statement or prior written matter shall have any force or effect.  Tenant agrees that it is not relying on any representations or agreements other than those contained in this Lease.  This agreement shall not be modified or canceled except by writing subscribed by all parties.

 

59.                                LATE PAYMENT CLAUSE:

 

It is agreed that the Rent under this Lease is due and payable in accordance with the provisions of Article 37.  In the event that any monthly installment of Rent, or any other payment required to be made by Tenant under this Lease shall not be paid within five (5) Business Days after notice that same was due and not paid, interest shall be paid on such overdue amount at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, from its due date until paid, for the purpose of defraying the expenses incurred in handling delinquent payments.

 

60.                                LANDMARKS DESIGNATION:

 

Tenant is hereby notified that the Demised Premises are subject to the jurisdiction of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  In accordance with Sections 25-305, 25-306, 25-309 and 25-310 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the rules set forth in Title 63 of the Rules of the City of New York, any demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work as described in such sections and such rules may not be commenced within or at the Demised Premises without the prior written approval of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  Tenant is notified that such demolition,

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

45



 

construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work includes, but is not limited to, (a) work to the exterior of the Demised Premises involving windows, signs, awnings, flagpoles, banners and storefront alterations and (b) interior work to the Demised Premises that (i) requires a permit from the Department of Buildings or (ii) changes, destroys or affects an interior architectural feature of an interior landmark or an exterior architectural feature of an improvement that is a landmark or located on a landmark site or in a historic district.

 

61.                                REFUSE REMOVAL:

 

Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash.  Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law.  Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord.  Such separate receptacles may, at Landlord’s option, be removed from the Demised Premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by law.  Landlord reserves the right to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant any waste products, garbage, refuse or trash which is not separated and sorted as required by law and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages which may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any actions, claims and suits (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) arising from such non-compliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

62.                                HOLDOVER:

 

If Tenant holds over in possession after the expiration or sooner termination of the this Lease, such holding over shall not be deemed to extend the term or renew the Lease, but such holding over thereafter shall continue upon the covenants and conditions herein set forth except that the charge for use and occupancy of such holding over for each calendar month or part thereof (even if such part shall be a small fraction of a calendar month) shall be the sum of:

 

A.            [*****] of the highest Fixed Rent rate set forth in Article 37 of this Lease, times [*****] for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover, and times 2.0 thereafter, plus

 

B.            [*****] of all other items of annual Additional Rent, which annual Additional Rent would have been payable pursuant to this Lease had this Lease not expired, plus

 

C.            those other items of Additional Rent (not annual Additional Rent) which would have been payable monthly pursuant to this Lease, had this Lease not expired, which total sum Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand, in full, without set-off or deduction.  Neither the billing nor the collection of use and occupancy in the above amount shall be deemed a waiver of any right of Landlord to collect damages for Tenant’s failure to vacate the Demised Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.  The aforesaid provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

Neither the billing nor the collection of use and occupancy in the above amount shall be deemed a waiver of any right of Landlord to collect damages for Tenant’s failure to vacate the Demised Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, except that no such damages shall be sought

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

46



 

unless Tenant holds over for more than sixty (60) days.  The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

63.                                ADDITIONAL RENT:

 

The term “Additional Rent” (or “additional rent”) shall mean all other sums, other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord, including but not limited to escalations for Real Estate Tax, payments in lieu of operating expenses and charges for electricity.  In the event Tenant defaults in the payment of Additional Rent, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies for a default in the payment of Fixed Rent.  Landlord’s failure during the Lease term to prepare and deliver any of the tax bills, statements, notices or bills set forth in this Lease or Landlord’s failure to make a demand shall not, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any of the foregoing items of Additional Rent.  Tenant’s liability for the amounts due under this Lease shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease term, but in no event for a period of more than three (3) years after the end of the billing period in which such charges occurred and should have been billed.

 

64.                                EMERGENCY AND SECURITY PROCEDURES:

 

A.            Tenant shall abide and shall cause its employees, independent contractors, agents, directors, officers, guests and invitees to abide by all rules, regulations and procedures required by Landlord with respect to the Building and the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to, evacuation, fire safety, and security rules and procedures.  Subject to Article 9 of the Lease regarding releases and waivers of subrogation, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents harmless from and against any and all losses arising from a breach of the foregoing provision.  Should Tenant desire to implement its own fire safety or evacuation procedures above and beyond those required by Landlord, Tenant must first obtain Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance and subject to Article 9 of the Lease regarding releases and waivers of subrogation, shall indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from and against all losses arising from such procedures, unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s sole negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

B.            Landlord reserves the right to exclude from those portions of the Building outside of the Demised Premises any and all employees of any tenant and any other person who does not present a pass to the Building signed by such tenant, or, at Landlord’s sole election, such other form of identification as Landlord shall require.  Landlord, in it sole discretion, shall have the right (but not the obligation) to limit or restrict access to those portions of the Building outside of the Demised Premises only to employees of tenants who have been issued identification cards approved by Landlord.  Landlord reserves the right (but is not obligated) to require all other persons entering the Building to sign a register, to be announced to the tenant such person is visiting, to be accepted as a visitor by such tenant or be otherwise properly identified (and if not so accepted or identified, reserves the right to exclude such persons from the Building) to require a duly authorized representative of the tenant being visited to accompany such person from the lobby of the Building to such tenant’s premises, and to require persons leaving the Building to sign a register or to surrender a pass or other form of Landlord-approved identification given to such person by the tenant visited.  Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for which it requests any such pass or identification or any person who such tenant so accepts, and subject to Article 9 of the Lease regarding releases and waivers of subrogation, such tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all negligence and wilful misconduct of such persons.  Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, be prejudicial to the safety, character, security, reputation or interest of the Building or the tenants of the Building may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected from the Building.  In the event of invasion, riot, public excitement, enemy or terrorist action or other

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

47



 

commotion, Landlord may prevent all access to the Building during the continuance of same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of tenants and the protection of property in the Building.

 

65.                                LANDLORD’S CONSENT:

 

If Tenant claims that Landlord’s consent has been unreasonably withheld or delayed, except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance, declaratory judgment, or other proceeding, provided Tenant will not seek any such proceeding to recover monetary damages from Landlord.

 

66.                                FORCE MAJEURE:

 

“Force Majeure Event” shall mean delay resulting from causes beyond a party’s reasonable control such as, but not limited to, strikes, walkouts or other labor disputes generally affecting either (i) the New York Metropolitan area, or (ii) the Building, where the labor dispute results from a tenant’s violation of its lease and Landlord is diligently pursuing its remedies against such defaulting tenant; acts of God; a general inability to obtain labor, materials or merchandise in the New York Metropolitan area; judicial orders; war; riot or civil commotion; fire or casualty or governmental laws or regulations; provided that with respect to labor disputes and material shortages, only those conditions expressly described above and modified by clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section shall be deemed to be “Force Majeure Events.”  The party obliged to perform shall give notice to the other as soon as reasonably possible after the onset of such delay stating the cause and an estimate of the duration thereof.  If, as a result of a Force Majeure Event, either party shall be delayed or hindered or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder (other than the making of payments) within the time period set forth herein, the performance of such act shall be excused for the period of delay, unless a provision of this Lease expressly states that a Force Majeure Event is not applicable.  Financial inability to perform shall not constitute a Force Majeure Event.

 

67.                                OPERATION OF PREMISES:

 

i.              Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep all washroom facilities in the Demised Premises in good repair and free from obstruction to the reasonable satisfaction of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

 

ii.             Tenant covenants and agrees that it will not permit any of Tenant’s employees, agents, licensees, invitees or visitors to loiter in the public corridors or areas of the Building or any part thereof, including, but not limited to, the basement thereof.

 

iii.            Tenant shall have access and the right to use any existing drains, vents, water and sewer and waste lines and facilities and existing chimneys, stacks, flues, signs and sign structures, air-conditioning and exhaust facilities and the like which may, in whole or in part, serve the Demised Premises, provided that such access is legal and does not interfere with or diminish services available to other tenants.  Tenant shall maintain the sprinklers, if any, located in the Demised Premises in good order and repair.

 

iv.            Tenant shall not (a) use any area outside of the Demised Premises for the sale or display of merchandise or food, for solicitations or demonstrations or for any other business, occupation, undertaking or activity; and (b) permit or suffer the use of any portion of the Demised Premises for any unlawful purpose.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

48



 

v.             Tenant shall not suffer, permit, or commit any waste or any nuisance in the Demised Premises which may unreasonably interfere with any other tenant or occupant in the Building.

 

vi.            Tenant shall not install or maintain equipment which would transmit noise or vibration to portions of the Building outside of the Demised Premises. If Tenant installs equipment which results in such noise or vibration, and if the Landlord deems it necessary that such noise or vibration be diminished, eliminated, prevented or confined to the Demised Premises, Landlord may, at its election, give written notice to Tenant, requiring that Tenant, within thirty (30) days of such notice, either (i) remove said equipment from the Demised Premises, or (ii)  provide and install rubber, sound baffling or other approved materials to absorb, prevent or decrease the noise or vibration coming from the Demised Premises.  The commercially reasonable judgment of Landlord of the need for such installation shall be conclusive.  If Tenant fails to comply with Landlord’s request within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord may do the work necessary to absorb, prevent or decrease the noise or vibration emanating from the Demised Premises, and Tenant will pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of such work within thirty (30) days after demand, which sum shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease.

 

vii.           In connection with its Initial Improvements, Tenant will insulate the walls of any mechanical rooms located in the Demised Premises in accordance with Tenant’s sound attenuation requirements.  Landlord agrees that any equipment installed by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s Work shall not cause excessive noise within the Demised Premises.

 

68.                                NOTICES:

 

Any notice which is to be given by either party to the other pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be given by (i) by hand, against receipt providing evidence of delivery (ii) nationally recognized overnight service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth on the first page of this Lease (except that, following the Commencement Date, Tenant’s address, unless Tenant gives notice to the contrary, shall be at the Building.)  Any party (and the managing agent of the Building) may change the address for such notices by notice sent to the other parties in the manner set forth herein. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date when same shall have been delivered, as evidenced by a receipt, or delivery was first refused, in the first two cases (hand delivery or overnight service), and in the case of mail, on the date that is three days after the date of mailing or the date shown on any return receipt as the earliest of the date of delivery, refusal or inability to deliver.  The attorneys for any party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to send notices on behalf of their respective clients.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all bills may be sent directly to Tenant by hand delivery or regular mail. Notices given by Landlord’s managing agent shall be deemed a valid notice if addressed and sent in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

Copies of all notices (other than bills or statements) shall be sent to the attorneys for the respective parties as follows, or to any other address for which notice has been given, such notice to be given in the same manner set forth above:

 

If to Tenant:

At the address set forth above to the Attention of Todd Sloan and to the Attention of the General Counsel, with a copy to:

 

Scott Schneider, Esq.

 

Loeb & Loeb

 

345 Park Avenue

 

New York, NY 10154

If to Landlord:

Paramount Leasehold, L.P.

 

1501 Broadway, 19 th  floor

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

49



 

 

New York, New York 10036

 

Attention:  Building Manager

 

       -and-

 

Paramount Leasehold, L.P.

 

c/o Levin Management Corporation

 

893 - 917 Route 22

 

North Plainfield, New Jersey  07060

 

Attention:  Mr. Matthew Harding

 

       -and-

 

Paramount Leasehold, L.P.

 

c/o Karar Associates

 

515 Madison Avenue

 

29 th  Floor

 

New York, New York  10022

 

Attention:  Mr. Stanley Garber

 

With a copy to:

 

Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP

 

2 Wall Street

 

New York, New York  10005

 

Attention:  Barbara Brown, Esq.

 

69.                                HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:

 

(a)           Tenant shall not cause or permit (to the extent within the reasonable control of Tenant) any Hazardous Materials to be used, stored, transported, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from the Demised Premises or the Building.  “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any flammable, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous and toxic substances, asbestos or any material containing asbestos, or any other substance or material which would be defined as a hazardous or toxic substance, contaminant, or pollutant, or otherwise regulated by any Federal, state or local environmental law, rule or regulation, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.  In the event of a violation of the foregoing provisions of this Article, Landlord may, without notice and without regard to any grace period contained in this Lease, take all remedial action deemed necessary by Landlord to correct such condition and Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for the cost thereof, upon demand, as additional rent.  Nothing contained herein shall prevent Tenant from maintaining customary and normal cleaning supplies and office equipment and supplies, provided such items are used and stored in compliance with the requirements of all applicable laws.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall remove or remediate Hazardous Materials found in the Demised Premises if such removal or remediation is required by law, except that Landlord shall have no liability to remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials that were brought into the Demised Premises by Tenant, or Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors.  If as a result of Landlord’s remediation work, Tenant is unable to occupy the Demised Premises or complete its Initial Improvements in the Demised Premises, the Free Rent Period shall be extended, or if the Free Rent Period has expired, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall abate, in both cases on a day-for-day basis, for each day that Tenant is unable to occupy the Demised Premises or perform its Initial Improvements therein as a result of such remediation work (and if the Tenant is prevented from occupying or performing its Initial Improvements in only a portion of the Demised Premises, the per diem amount of Free Rent, or the

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

50



 

abatement of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, as the case may be, shall be apportioned on an equitable basis).

 

70.                                CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY:

 

A.            A true copy of the Temporary Certificate of Occupancy (the “C/O”) of the Building is annexed hereto as Exhibit G .  Landlord shall take all steps necessary to renew the C/O so that the Demised Premises are continuously covered by a current, valid certificate of occupancy. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all permits, sign-offs and approvals issued in connection with Tenant’s performance of its Initial Improvements in the Demised Premises, and shall cure any violations resulting from the performance of its Initial Improvements, as shall be required in order for Landlord to renew the C/O.  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in violation of its obligations under this Article 70 if it is unable to renew the C/O because Tenant is in default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease.  Tenant shall not seek to enforce the obligations set forth in this Article 70 against Landlord if the C/O is not timely renewed, unless Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises for the purposes permitted herein is adversely affected or prohibited because the C/O has not been renewed.

 

B.            Tenant shall not use the Demised Premises for any purpose other than the uses permitted in this Lease.  Tenant shall immediately discontinue any use of the Demised Premises which may be claimed or declared by the City or State of New York or any other governmental agency having authority over the Building to be in violation of or contrary to the Certificate of Occupancy, or by reason of which Landlord shall be required to amend or obtain a new Certificate of Occupancy for the Building.  Landlord shall not amend the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building in any manner which will unreasonably interfere with the use of the Demised Premises for the operation of Tenant’s business as permitted hereby.

 

71.                                TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE:

 

A.            Tenant will modify and improve the Demised Premises to prepare them for Tenant’s initial occupancy (the “Initial Improvements”), which Initial Improvements shall be performed in accordance with the terms of this Lease. “Initial Improvements” shall mean and include all labor, supervision, materials, fixtures, special facilities, built-ins, equipment, tools, supplies, taxes, occupancy, permit and related inspections, and other property and services necessary to timely and properly produce all work and completed construction required by or reasonably inferable from the approved plans, and all work, services and materials necessary to produce fully connected, complete, operational and functional systems and finishes in the Demised Premises described in the approved plans, as well as painting and the installation of millwork, carpet, and coverings, plumbing and electrical work and the installation of data, telecommunications and other cabling, wiring and related fixtures, including the installation of fire detection and other devices within the Demised Premises and the connection of those devices to the base Building system with respect to the work described in such approved plans.  Initial Improvements shall not include any of the Landlord’s Work.

 

B.            Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the cost of the Initial Improvements in (i) the Initial Premises up to a maximum of $[*****] and (ii) in the Additional Premises up to a maximum of $[*****] (collectively, the “Improvement Allowance”) over and above the items included in Landlord’s Work Letter. Tenant will pay the cost of the Initial Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance. The Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with, and subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (5) below:

 

(1)           The costs incurred in constructing the Initial Improvements for which reimbursement may be sought are (i) the “hard” costs of constructing the Initial Improvements, including,

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

51



 

without limitation, the costs of installation of furniture, fixtures, telephone and other communication equipment, and computer wiring and other cabling, and (ii) the “soft” costs of constructing the Initial Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans, architectural, design and engineering fees, permit and expeditor fees, and other so-called soft costs directly related to construction of the Initial Improvements, wiring and cabling and relocation costs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Improvement Allowance allocated to the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises may be applied toward such “soft” costs for the respective Premises.

 

(2)           The Landlord shall reimburse Tenant from time to time (but not more often than monthly) for payment for work done in connection with the installation and construction of the Initial Improvements, up to an aggregate maximum reimbursement of $[*****] with respect to the Initial Premises and $[*****] with respect to the Additional Premises, within thirty (30) days following receipt of the following:

 

i.              a request for payment of the Improvement Allowance signed by an officer of Tenant (which may be in the form of AIA Document G702), specifying the work for which reimbursement is being sought, which shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by an officer of Tenant certifying that the payment requested in the invoice has been paid in full;

 

ii.             copies of invoices, or AIA Documents G702 or G703 from the vendors, supplier, or contractor evidencing the amount for which reimbursement is sought, such invoices, if submitted for reimbursement, to be marked “paid in full” by such vendor, supplier or contractor (or, in lieu thereof,  Landlord shall be furnished other documentation satisfactory to Landlord evidencing payment in full);

 

iii.            a certificate from Tenant’s architect stating that (x) such portion of the Initial Improvements for which reimbursement is being sought has been completed substantially in accordance with the final plans as approved by Landlord, and (y) that such work has been completed in a good and workmanlike condition; and

 

iv.            lien waivers from each contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) to the extent of the amount to be paid to such parties, which waivers may contain a condition that the effectiveness of such waivers shall be subject to the payment to the applicable contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) of the amount of the invoice accompanying such waiver. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for any invoice which is not accompanied by such a waiver.

 

v.             Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall retain an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Improvement Allowance (which shall be reduced to an aggregate of 5% upon substantial completion of the Initial Improvements) until Tenant has submitted to Landlord final permits and approvals required in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements by any governmental department or agency having jurisdiction thereof, together with a final, unconditional sign-off from the New York City Department of Buildings for such work.  The provisions of this subsection (v) shall be applied separately to the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises if the Initial Improvements are performed at different times for the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises and final permits, approvals and sign-offs are obtained separately for the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises.

 

(3)           It is understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no responsibility for the performance of the contractor installing the Initial Improvements (including matters of quality or timeliness), and in the event that for any reason the Initial Improvements are not completed in a timely

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

52



 

fashion and/or there is any delay in the date on which the Demised Premises are ready for occupancy by Tenant for the purposes of conducting business, this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect, and Tenant shall have no right, remedy or claim (including any claim for actual, punitive or consequential damages) against Landlord.

 

(4)           Except as provided in Paragraph (3) above, if the actual cost of the Initial Improvements shall exceed the amount of the Improvement Allowance, the entire amount of the excess cost shall be paid solely by Tenant and Landlord shall be under no obligation to pay such excess.  If the Improvement Allowance exceeds the actual cost of the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall receive a credit for such excess amount against the next installments of Fixed Rent becoming due and payable under the Lease following substantial completion of the Initial Improvements.

 

(5)           Within ninety (90) days after completion of the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord general releases or waivers of lien from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen (for material shipped directly to the Demised Premises (other than for de minimis invoices of $5,000 or less)) involved in the performance of the Initial Improvements and the materials furnished in connection therewith (unless the same were previously furnished pursuant to paragraph (B)(2)(iv) above), and a certificate from Tenant’s independent licensed architect (which may be form AIA document G704) certifying that, in its opinion, the Initial Improvements have been performed in a good and workmanlike manner and substantially completed in accordance with the final plans, as approved by Landlord.  If the Initial Improvements to the Initial Premises are completed prior to commencement of the Initial Improvements to the Additional Premises, then the provisions of this subsection (5) shall apply separately to the Initial Premises and the Additional Premises.

 

C.            If the Lease is terminated as a result of a default by Tenant within the twelve (12) month period following of the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the full amount of the Improvement Allowance disbursed by Landlord as of such date, such reimbursement to be made within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.  In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any remaining amount of the Improvement Allowance which has not yet been disbursed.  The amounts payable by Tenant under this Paragraph C shall constitute Additional Rent. All requisitions for reimbursement for each portion of the Demised Premises must be submitted to Landlord no later than the second anniversary of the Commencement Date with respect to such portion, and Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any requisitions for reimbursement which were first submitted after such date.

 

D.            If Landlord fails to timely disburse any portion of the Improvement Allowance that is qualified for disbursement pursuant to Article 71B, Tenant shall be entitled to deliver written notice of Landlord’s failure (the “Payment Notice”) to Landlord, which notice shall contain the following caption in bold face, capitalized type: “NOTICE OF LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO DISBURSE THE IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE” and shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis on which Tenant asserts that Landlord has wrongfully failed to disburse such amount. Landlord shall have seven (7) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s Payment Notice to give Tenant written notice that Landlord disputes Tenant’s claim, which written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which Landlord believes that the amounts described in Tenant’s Payment Notice are not due and payable by Landlord (“Dispute Notice”). Provided that Tenant has performed it obligations under this Article 71 and is not otherwise in default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall, pending resolution of such dispute, pay to Tenant the portion which is not in dispute.  If Landlord does not deliver a Dispute Notice within such seven Business Day period, or, if Landlord has given a Dispute Notice, but the parties are unable to reach a resolution within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s delivery of a Dispute Notice, either side may initiate Expedited Arbitration Proceedings in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph E below in order to resolve such dispute.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

53



 

E.            Either side may submit the dispute to an Expedited Arbitration Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) only by giving notice thereof to the other party after expiration of the time periods set forth in Paragraph D above.  The term “Expedited Arbitration Proceeding” shall mean a binding arbitration proceeding conducted in the City of New York under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor) and administered pursuant to the Expedited Procedures provisions thereof by a single arbitrator selected by Landlord from a list of at least three arbitrators selected by Tenant from a list of “neutral” arbitrators maintained by the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator shall be a person with at least ten (10) years’ experience in Manhattan in a calling related to the issue to be resolved and shall not have been employed by or had any business dealings with either Landlord or Tenant or any of its or their affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, directors, officers or employees for a period of at least five (5) years.  If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within ten (10) days, the arbitrator shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association.  The costs and expenses of arbitration, including the cost of the arbitrator, shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant, but each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses and the fees and expenses of its own witnesses and counsel.  The arbitrator shall render a decision within twenty (20) days after having been appointed.  In rendering his or her opinion, the arbitrator shall have no power to vary, modify or amend any provision of this Lease.  A determination made by arbitration pursuant to this Article shall be final and binding upon the parties.  If a decision is rendered in favor of Tenant, Tenant shall be entitled to credit that amount against the installment of Rent next becoming due and payable under this Lease.

 

72.                                SERVICES AND UTILITIES:

 

A.            It is expressly understood that Landlord shall not supply to the Demised Premises any utilities or building services of any kind, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.

 

B.            As used in this Lease, “Business Hours” shall mean 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., and “Business Days” shall mean Monday through Friday, except for those days designated as legal holidays by the Federal or State government or by the unions now or hereafter representing the Landlord’s Building personnel.  Any time other than Business Hours on Business Days shall be referred to as “Non-Business Hours”.

 

C.            Landlord shall provide hot and cold water to the Demised Premises for ordinary drinking, cleaning, pantry and lavatory purposes.  If Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purposes or in unusual quantities (of which Landlord shall be the sole reasonable judge), Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, install a water meter or require Tenant to install a water meter to measure Tenant’s consumption of water in the Demised Premises.  Tenant shall maintain such meter in good working order at its own expense and Tenant shall pay for water consumed on such meter as additional rent as and when bills are rendered at [ *****]% of Landlord’s cost therefor.

 

D.            Tenant shall have access to the Demised Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year.  Tenant shall require all occupants of the Demised Premises to comply with security requirements in effect in the Building from time to time, including the requirement that tenants present a pass in order to enter the Building.  Tenant shall notify Landlord as to the need for additional or replacement security passes, and shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of providing additional or replacement passes, and any costs incurred in programming such passes so as to be operational. Tenant may, at its own expense, install a security system in the Demised Premises which is compatible with the Building security system, so as to enable Tenant to utilize a single security/access card to access both the Building and the Demised Premises.  Landlord may require that any installation of Tenant’s security system which ties into the Building’s security system be performed by Landlord’s

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

54



 

designated security contractor for the Building, at Tenant’s expense.   Landlord shall, at all times during the term of the Lease, provide building security, including without limitation, a security guard or other lobby attendant in the lobby of the Building, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, consistent with other comparable first-class office buildings in the Times Square areas.

 

E.            Landlord shall clean the Demised Premises on Business Days in accordance with the cleaning specifications annexed hereto as Exhibit H , provided that the same are kept in order by Tenant.  Tenant may, at its own expense, contract for additional cleaning services in addition to those provided for in the annexed cleaning specifications, using a contractor selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord.  Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building and provide Building services in a similar manner to comparable first-class office buildings in the Times Square area.

 

F.             During the term of this Lease, the Landlord shall provide non-exclusive passenger elevator service to the Demised Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year, as well as non-exclusive freight elevator service during Business Hours on Business Days. Freight elevator service will be available on a “first-come, first-serve” basis.  Landlord agrees that it shall maintain no less than four (4) passenger elevators for the non-exclusive use of Tenant at all times, subject to Force Majeure Events, emergency stoppages and routine maintenance.  Landlord reserves the right to reconfigure elevator banks in the Building, if any, so long as it provides the agreed upon passenger elevator service set forth in this paragraph.  If the Tenant requires freight elevator service during Non-Business Hours, the Landlord will furnish such overtime freight elevator service at the then prevailing rate charged by the Landlord for the provision of such service in the Building.  Such notice may be written or oral and shall be given prior to 2 p.m. on the day upon which such service is requested or by 2 p.m. of the last preceding Business Day if service is requested on other than a Business Day.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will provide free of charge up to eighty (80) hours of overtime freight elevator service during Non-Business Hours in connection with Tenant’s performance of its Initial Improvements and its move into the Demised Premises.

 

G.            Landlord agrees to provide pest control for the Demised Premises and all common areas of the Building as reasonably needed.  If, however, the need for pest control arises as a result of Tenant’s storage or service of food in the Demised Premises, Tenant shall be responsible, at its cost and expense, for having the Demised Premises exterminated, using an exterminator reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

H.            Landlord shall provide, at no cost to Tenant, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of shaft and/or conduit space in the Building to run telecommunication lines from a point of entry in the Building to the Demised Premises, which space shall be unobstructed.  At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall take reasonable steps, at no cost or expense to Landlord, to provide access to the Building for a telecommunication service provider selected by Tenant, if such provider is not already providing services to the Building.

 

I.             If Tenant requires the provision of Building services during Non-Business Hours, it shall make a written request therefor at least twenty-four hours in advance, and, if such service is requested on a weekend or Building holiday, at least one full Business Day before such services are needed. All charges for such overtime services provided by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be payable within thirty (30) days after presentation of a bill, and in the event of default of payment therefor beyond expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods hereunder, the Landlord may refuse further overtime service until such default is cured, and the Landlord shall have all remedies available to it for collection herein specified with respect to Rent.  Except as otherwise provided herein, interruption or curtailment of any utility or service shall not constitute a constructive or partial eviction nor entitle Tenant to any compensation or abatement of rent.  In no event shall Tenant in any way interfere with or tie into

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

55



 

any electrical feeders, risers or other electrical installations within the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

J.             Landlord reserves the right to interrupt, curtail or suspend the services, if any, required to be furnished and provided by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease when the necessity therefor arises by reason of fire, storm, explosion, strike, lockout, or labor dispute generally affecting the New York metropolitan area (or the Building where such labor dispute results from a tenant’s violation of its lease, and Landlord is diligently pursuing its remedies against such defaulting tenant), casualty or accident, general lack or failure of sources of supply of labor, fuel supply, acts of God or the public enemy, riots, interferences by civil or military authorities in compliance with the laws of the United States of America, or with the laws, orders, rules and regulations or any governmental authority or by reason of any other cause beyond Landlord’s control, or for emergency or for inspection, cleaning, repairs, replacements, alterations required to be made in compliance with any applicable laws or regulations of any governmental authority or for reason of public safety.  Landlord agrees to exercise commercially reasonably efforts to restore such services as soon as reasonably possible.  Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph K below, no diminution or abatement of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other compensation or claim of construction eviction shall or will be claimed by Tenant as a result therefrom, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of such interruption, curtailment or suspension.

 

K.            Subject to the provisions of Articles 9 and 10 hereof, which shall govern in the event of casualty or condemnation, in the event of (i) any interruption, resulting from any act or omission of Landlord, in the services required to be provided hereunder by Landlord to Tenant, or (ii) Landlord’s failure to make repairs to or maintain the Demised Premises as required in this Lease, in both cases other than a result of delays arising due to a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay, which interruption, failure or inability to operate shall continue for a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days, and if such interruption or failure, as the case may be, materially interferes with Tenant’s permitted use of, or access to, the Demised Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder from and after the eighth (8 th ) day of such interruption.  If such interruption, failure or inability to operate renders the Demised Premises totally untenantable for the conduct of Tenant’s business, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of all Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder from and after the eighth (8 th ) day of such interruption and continuing for the period that the Demised Premises remain untenantable or materially inaccessible, and subject to the provision that Tenant does not, in fact, occupy the Demised Premises or any portion thereof for the regular conduct of its business.  These abatement provisions shall not apply with respect to any interruption, failure or inability to operate unless and until Tenant has given written notice thereof to Landlord.

 

73.                                ADDITIONAL PREMISES:

 

A.            A portion of the eighth floor (the “Additional Premises”), as shown as the cross-hatched area on Exhibit A , is currently occupied by a tenant whose lease expires as of June 30, 2015.  Landlord shall deliver vacant possession of the Additional Premises to Tenant with items 1-5, 7-13, 14(i) and 15 on Landlord’s Work Letter annexed as Exhibit B (“Landlord’s Additional Premises Work”) substantially complete.  If Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Additional Premises with Landlord’s Additional Premises Work substantially complete within sixty (60) days of the Commencement Date, the term for the Additional Premises shall commence as of the date of such delivery (the “Additional Premises Commencement Date”).  If the Additional Premises Commencement Date has not occurred within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, the Additional Premises Commencement Date shall be the later of (x) August 1, 2015, or (y) the date Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Additional Premises to

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

56



 

Tenant with Landlord’s Additional Premises Work substantially complete.  Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date (i) the Additional Premises shall be added to the Demised Premises leased hereunder for a term expiring as of the Expiration Date set forth herein, (ii) Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the Additional Premises at the applicable Fixed Rent rate then in effect under Article 37 as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, and Additional Rent, as set forth in Articles 39 and 40, and (iii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share, (as defined in the Preamble to this Rider), and Tenant’s Tax Payment as defined in Article 39, shall be increased as set forth therein.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Additional Premises Commencement Date to occur by [*****].

 

B.            Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Fixed Rent for the Additional Premises from the Additional Premises Commencement Date and continuing for [*****] calendar months of the term of the Lease (the “Additional Premises Free Rent Period”); the day immediately following the expiration of the Free Rent Period is referred to herein as the “Additional Premises Rent Commencement Date”); provided, however, that during such abatement period, Tenant shall pay all other amounts due under this Lease, including, but not limited to, any charges for utility services and electric current supplied to the Additional Premises from the Additional Premises Commencement Date. In addition, escalations based on increases in Taxes and payments in lieu of operating expenses shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Articles 39 and 40, respectively.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default beyond the expiration of applicable cure periods, the abatement of Fixed Rent provided for in this Paragraph B shall be tolled and the Fixed Rent at the rates set forth in this Lease shall be payable during the period in which Tenant would otherwise be entitled to the use of the Additional Premises free of Fixed Rent until the date such Event of Default has been cured, at which point the unused portion of such abatement of Fixed Rent shall be reinstated.  Any such Rent payment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after demand therefor and shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease.  If the Additional Premises Commencement Date has not occurred on or before [*****], which date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period of a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay, then for each such day that the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as so extended by the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay) has not occurred, the Free Rent Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for the first thirty (30) days of such delay, and thereafter by two (2) days for each day of such delay.

 

74.                                RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER:

 

A.            Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, and no non-monetary default for which Landlord has sent a notice of default to Tenant is outstanding beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, as of the date of the delivery of any notices contemplated by this Article, and as of the date the Expansion Space is to be added to this Lease, if any space which is contiguous to the Demised Premises then being leased by Tenant under this Lease, and is at least [*****] rentable square feet in size, becomes available or is scheduled to become available for lease during the term of this Lease (including any Renewal Term, as hereinafter defined) (the “Expansion Space”), Landlord shall give Tenant notice of the availability of the Expansion Space (the “Landlord’s Notice”), but in no event shall Landlord provide Landlord’s notice of the availability of any Expansion Space more than twelve (12) months prior to the date that such Expansion Space is scheduled to become available.  Tenant’s right to lease any Expansion Space is subject to (i) renewal rights of existing tenants of such spaces, (ii) Landlord’s decision to renew leases with tenants now or hereafter leasing any such spaces, whether pursuant to a right set forth in their lease or otherwise, on any terms acceptable to Landlord, in its sole discretion, and (iii) existing rights as of the date of this Lease of any other tenants in the Building not now in occupancy of any Expansion Space to lease such Expansion Space.  Landlord’s Notice shall show

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

57



 

the size and configuration of the Expansion Space, and the date when Landlord reasonably expects that it will be able to deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant together with Landlord’s Determination of the Expansion Rent for such Expansion Space (“Landlord’s Determination”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as a portion of the ninth floor in the building is leased to GVIA America LLC (or any affiliated or successor entities permitted under such lease), Expansion Space shall not include any portion of the remainder of the ninth floor.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (the “Expansion Notice”) within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s Notice as to whether it elects to lease the Expansion Space. If the Expansion Space being offered exceeds [*****] rentable square feet in size, Tenant may elect to lease a portion of the Expansion Space consisting of no less than [*****] rentable square feet, provided that Tenant proposes to divide the Expansion Space in a commercially reasonable manner, and the remaining portion of the Expansion Space can be leased in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Expansion Space shall be leased by Tenant at [*****]% of fair market rental value, determined in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph B below, for a term expiring as of the Expiration Date.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver an Expansion Notice to Landlord, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to Tenant’s delivery of such notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Expansion Space, and Landlord may lease such space to any third party on such terms as Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems acceptable, including renewal options.  If any such Expansion Space thereafter becomes available for lease during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall again be obligated to comply with the provisions of this Article.  Tenant may only elect to exercise its right of first offer with respect to any Expansion Space during the last two years of the initial term of this Lease, if it simultaneously exercises its renewal option in accordance with the provisions of Article 75.

 

B.            The annual Fixed Rent payable for any Expansion Space shall be [*****]% of the fair market rental value for such Expansion Space as of the commencement of the term of the lease for the Expansion Space (the “Expansion Rent”).  As used herein, the term “Expansion Rent” shall mean the arms-length annual rental rate per rentable square foot under new leases for comparable space in comparable buildings in the New York City, Times Square submarket, taking into account all relevant factors, including, without limitation, rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under such leases is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes.  If the parties are unable to agree on the Expansion Rent for a period of sixty (60) days following Landlord’s giving the Tenant notice of Landlord’s Determination of the Expansion Rent, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least ten years’ continuous full time commercial rental appraisal or leasing experience in the New York City rental market to appraise and set forth the Expansion Rent for the Expansion Space.  If a party does not appoint an appraiser within twenty (20) Business Days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall determine the Expansion Rent.  If the two appraisers are appointed as stated in this Paragraph, they shall meet promptly and shall be instructed to set the Expansion Rent within thirty (30) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, and if their two appraisals are within five (5%) percent of each other, the Expansion Rent shall be the average of the two appraisals.  If the two appraisals are not within five percent (5%) of each other, the appraisers shall attempt to agree upon a third appraiser meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within five (5) days after the last day the two appraisers are given to set the Expansion Rent.  If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving five (5) days’ notice to the other party, can file a petition with the American Arbitration Association, solely for the purpose of selecting a third appraiser who meets the qualifications stated in this Paragraph.  Each party shall bear half the cost of the American Arbitration Association appointing the third appraiser and of paying the third appraiser’s fee.  None of the appraisers appointed pursuant to this Article shall have represented either party in any capacity within the five year period preceding such appointment.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

58



 

C.            Within ten (10) Business Days after the selection of the third appraiser, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraiser shall each submit to the third appraiser its estimate of the Expansion Rent, together with such reports, information on comparable rentals and other information as they deem relevant.  The third appraiser shall conduct such hearings and investigations as he or she may deem appropriate, providing each party an opportunity to explain its determination of Expansion Rent, and within thirty days after the submission by the two appraisers, shall choose the estimate of the Expansion Rent submitted by either the appraiser for the Landlord or the Tenant that is closest to the third appraiser’s determination, and that choice by the third appraiser shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  The third appraiser may not select any other rental value for the Demised Premises other than either of the two appraisers estimates.  The determination of the two appraisers, or the third appraiser, as the case may be, shall be in writing and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  The appraisers shall not have the power to add to, modify or change any of the provisions of this Lease.

 

D.            Unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, the Expansion Space shall be added to this Lease, and shall constitute part of the Demised Premises, as of the date Landlord delivers vacant possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant, free and clear of the rights of the prior tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except that (i) Fixed Rent shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article, (ii) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in its “as is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any work therein or pay any Improvement Allowance with respect to such space.

 

E.            In the event that by the commencement of the term for the Expansion Space, there has been no agreement between Landlord and Tenant and no determination of Expansion Rent, then until such agreement or determination has been made, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the Expansion Space equal to Landlord’s Determination of the Expansion Rent.  Within thirty (30) days following the determination of the Expansion Rent, Tenant shall pay any amount owing to Landlord for such period, or Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, refund or credit any excess amount paid by Tenant against the installments of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent next becoming due hereunder.

 

F.             The parties shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease to evidence the addition of the Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein.

 

75.                                RENEWAL OPTION:

 

A.            Provided that, as of the date Tenant delivers a Renewal Notice, and as of the commencement date of any Renewal Term, (i) Tenant is not in monetary default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, and no non-monetary default for which Landlord has sent a notice of default to Tenant is outstanding beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, and (ii) Tenant has not sublet more than 25% of the Demised Premises, (other than to Affiliates and Desk Space Users), Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of this Lease for all of the Demised Premises for one additional renewal term of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term”), which Renewal Term shall commence on the day immediately following the Expiration Date and expire on the day immediately preceding the fifth anniversary of the commencement of the Renewal Term.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s election to renew the Lease for the Renewal Term as of the earlier of (i) a date no later than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date or (b) the date Tenant exercises its right of first offer during the last two years of the initial term in accordance with the provisions of Article 74 (the “Renewal Notice”), TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to giving the Renewal Notice.  The Renewal Term shall be on all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that (a) the Rent and Additional Rent shall be determined as set forth in this Article, (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

59



 

in the Demised Premises, and (c) Tenant shall have no right to extend the term of the Lease beyond the Renewal Term.  The expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall terminate all rights of renewal hereunder.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver a Renewal Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to extend the term of this Lease.

 

B.            If Tenant shall exercise its option to extend the Lease for the Renewal Term, then, commencing as of the first day of the Renewal Term, the annual Fixed Rent payable hereunder shall be the greater of (i) [*****]% of the Fixed Rent in effect as of the last day of the initial term of this Lease (the “Escalated Rent”), or (ii) [*****]% of the fair market rental value of the Demised Premises as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the Renewal Notice (the “FMRV Rent”).  As used herein, the term “FMRV Rent” shall mean the arms-length annual rental rate per rentable square foot under new leases for comparable space in comparable buildings in the New York City, Times Square submarket, taking into account all relevant factors, including, without limitation, rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under such leases is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes and the Base Year (and that Tenant shall continue to pay one percent [*****]% of Fixed Rent in lieu of operating expenses).  The initial determination of the FMRV Rent shall be made by Landlord.  If Landlord determines that the Escalated Rent exceeds the FMRV Rent, the Rent for the Renewal Term in question shall be the Escalated Rent.  If Landlord determines that the FMRV Rent is greater than the Escalated Rent, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of the FMRV Rent at least seven (7) months prior to the Expiration Date.  If the parties are unable to agree on the FMRV Rent for a period of sixty (60) days following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of its determination of the FMRV Rent, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least ten years of continuous full time commercial rental appraisal or leasing experience in the New York City rental market to appraise and set forth the FMRV Rent of the Demised Premises.  If a party does not appoint an appraiser within twenty (20) Business Days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall determine the FMRV Rent.  If the two appraisers are appointed as stated in this Paragraph, they shall meet promptly and shall be instructed to set the FMRV Rent within thirty (30) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, and if their two appraisals are within five (5%) percent of each other, the FMRV Rent shall be the average of the two appraisals.  If the two appraisals are not within five percent (5%) of each other, the appraisers shall attempt to agree upon third appraiser meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within five (5) days after the last day the two appraisers are given to set the FMRV Rent.  If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving five (5) days’ notice to the other party, can file a petition with the American Arbitration Association, solely for the purpose of selecting a third appraiser who meets the qualifications stated in this Paragraph.  Each party shall bear half the cost of the American Arbitration Association appointing the third appraiser and of paying the third appraiser’s fee.  None of the appraisers appointed pursuant to this Article shall have represented either party in any capacity within the five year period preceding such appointment.

 

C.            Within ten (10) Business Days after the selection of the third appraiser, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraiser shall each submit to the third appraiser its estimate of the FMRV Rent, together with such reports, information on comparable rentals and other information as they deem relevant.  The third appraiser shall conduct such hearings and investigations as he or she may deem appropriate, providing each party an opportunity to explain its determination of FMRV Rent, and within thirty days after the submission by the two appraisers, shall choose the estimate of the FMRV Rent submitted by either the appraiser for the Landlord or the Tenant that is closest to the third appraiser’s determination, and that choice by the third appraiser shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  The third appraiser may not select any other rental value for the Demised Premises other than either of the two appraisers’ estimates.  The determination of the two appraisers, or the third appraiser, as the case may be, shall be in writing and

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

60



 

shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  The appraisers shall not have the power to add to, modify or change any of the provisions of this Lease.

 

D.            In addition to the Fixed Rent payable during the Renewal Term, Tenant shall also, commencing as of the commencement of the Renewal Term, continue to pay to the Landlord all additional rent payable pursuant to Articles 39 and 40, except that the “Base Year” set out in Article 39 shall remain unchanged.

 

E.            In the event that by the commencement of the Renewal Term, there has been no agreement between Landlord and Tenant and no determination of FMRV Rent, then until such agreement or determination has been made, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term Space equal to Landlord’s determination of the FMRV Rent.  Within thirty (30) days following the determination of the FMRV Rent, Tenant shall pay any amount owing to Landlord for such period, or Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, refund or credit any excess amount paid by Tenant against the installments of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent next becoming due hereunder.

 

F.             The parties shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease to evidence the Fixed Rent payable during the Renewal Term.

 

76.                                LOBBY RENOVATION:

 

A.            Landlord is currently formulating plans to construct a new Building lobby on the 43 rd  Street side of the Building (the “New Lobby”).  Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 37B and 73, if the New Lobby has not been substantially completed by December 31, 2019, which date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period of a Force Majeure Event, then until the New Lobby has been substantially completed, the Fixed Rent then payable shall be reduced with respect to (i) the Initial Premises, by the sum of $[*****] per annum ($[*****] per month), and (ii) the Additional Premises, by the sum of $[*****] per annum ($[*****] per month.)  Upon substantial completion of the New Lobby, Fixed Rent shall revert to the rates set forth in Articles 37B and 73, respectively. For purposes of this Article 76, the definition of “Force Majeure Event” shall include those circumstances where Landlord has been unable to obtain possession of any portion of the Building needed in order to construct the New Lobby, whether due to casualty, the holding over of any tenant or occupant of such space, or any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, provided, however, that if any tenant whose space is needed in order to construct the New Lobby holds over beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the term of its lease, Landlord shall institute legal proceedings in order to regain possession of such space.

 

B.            If the New Lobby has not been substantially completed by the commencement of the Renewal Term, in calculating Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term, “Escalated Rent” (as referred to in Article 75B) shall be calculated without giving effect to the rent reductions set forth in Paragraph 76A above, so that the Escalated Rent shall be determined using the Fixed Rent set forth in Article 37, with respect to the Initial Premises, and Article 73, with respect to the Additional Premises.

 

77.                                REPRESENTATIONS:

 

Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that (i) it is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation, and, if applicable, is duly qualified and authorized to conduct business in the State of New York, (ii) it has taken all corporate or partnership action, as the case may be, required by law and by its governing documents to authorize the execution and delivery of this Lease, and (iii) the person executing this Lease on behalf of such party has been duly authorized to do so.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

61



 

78.                                EXECUTIVE ORDER COMPLIANCE:

 

A.            Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that neither Tenant or any person or entity owning an interest in Tenant, or any Affiliates of Tenant (collectively, “Related Parties”) currently are, or at any time during the term of the Lease will be, in violation of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, Executive Order 13224 (the “Executive Order”), or any other law, statute, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “Terrorism Laws”).

 

B.            Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that neither Tenant nor any Related Parties currently are, or at any time during the term will be (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and/or any similar list maintained by OFAC, as such list may be updated from time to time, (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from leasing to or otherwise doing business with pursuant to any Terrorism Laws or any other trade embargo, executive sanction or other provision of any law, statute, regulation or Executive Order of the President of the United States; (iii) listed in the Annex to the Executive Order or be otherwise subject to the provisions of the Executive Order; or (iv) owned by directly or indirectly or have any funds or assets which are owned directly or indirectly by any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., and the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq.

 

C.            Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days written request, provide Landlord with a certification or such other information as Landlord may reasonably request to evidence Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Article.  Tenant acknowledges that Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article shall be deemed a material default under this Lease.  Tenant shall not permit any or all of the Demised Premises to be used by a person or entity which would be prohibited from leasing the Demised Premises pursuant to the provisions of this Article.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Lease as of the date set forth above.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD, L.P.

 

By:

Paramount Leasehold Management Corp.

 

By:

/s/ Stanley Garber

 

 

Name:

Stanley Garber

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

Name:

Todd Sloan

 

 

Title:

CFO

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

62



 

EXHIBIT A

DEMISED PREMISES

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S WORK

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FIXED RENT FOR INITIAL PREMISES
WITH OPERATING EXPENSE ESCALATION
*

 

Months

 

Annual Fixed Rent**

 

Monthly Fixed Rent

 

1-24

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

25-36

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

37-48

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

49-60

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

61-72

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

73-84

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

85-96

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

97-108

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

109-120

 

$

[ *****]

 

$

[ *****]

 

 


* Subject to adjustment as per Article 38.

 

** Subject to increase upon the Additional Premises Commencement Date at the same per square foot rental rate then in effect for the Initial Premises.

 

Note that these numbers do not include escalations on account of increases in Real Estate Taxes.

 

[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

BUILDING ALTERATION RULES AND REGULATIONS

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT E
LETTER OF CREDIT

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT F-1
FORM OF FEE OWNER SUBORDINATION,
NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT F-2

FORM OF LENDER SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT G
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

EXHIBIT H
CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE dated as of December 15, 2014 by and between PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD L.P., a New York limited partnership, having its office at 1501 Broadway, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10036 (“Landlord”), and TREMOR VIDEO, INC., a Delaware corporation having its office at 53 West 23 rd  Street, New York, New York 10010 (“Tenant”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties entered into a Lease dated as of October 27, 2014 (the “Lease”) for the entire eighth floor in the building known as 1501 Broadway, New York, New York; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Lease with respect to the date by which certain items of Landlord’s Commencement Work must be completed before the Free Rent Period is extended.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration and of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, it is hereby mutually agreed as follows:

 

1. Defined terms .  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Lease, except as may be set forth herein.

 

2. Article 37 .  Article 37(E) of the Lease is amended by deleting the last sentence and substituting the following in place thereof:

 

“If Landlord does not substantially complete items 1-7, 9-13 and 15 of Landlord’s Commencement Work on or before [*****], which date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period of a Force Majeure Event (as defined in Article 66) or Tenant Delay, then for each such day that the Commencement Date (as so extended by the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event or Tenant Delay) has not occurred, the Free Rent Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for the first thirty (30) days of such delay, and thereafter by two (2) days for each day of such delay.  The items of Landlord’s Commencement Work listed in the preceding sentence shall include the work noted in the plan prepared by Spector Group Architects with accompanying photographs, which are attached hereto as Exhibit A.”

 

3. Tenant’s Inspection .  Tenant will have the right to inspect the performance of Landlord’s Commencement Work on a weekly basis prior to the occurrence of the Commencement Date, and the parties shall reasonably cooperate in arranging such inspections so that Tenant is kept apprised of the progress of such work.

 

4. Signatures .  Copies of this signed Amendment sent by electronic means shall have the same effect as original signatures.  This Amendment may be signed in counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute a single agreement.

 

5. Lease Ratified .  Except as specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this First Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

PARAMOUNT LEASEHOLD, L.P.

 

By: Paramount Leasehold Management Corp.

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

 

By:

/s/ Stanley Garber

 

Name:

Stanley Garber

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

Name:

Todd Sloan

 

Title:

CFO

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 



 

Exhibit A

 


[*****] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 No. 333-189682, 333-197585 and 333-201985) of Tremor Video, Inc. of our report dated March 13, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tremor Video, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

 

March 13, 2015

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14

 

I, William Day, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tremor Video, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.             Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.              Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.             Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.             All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.             Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

 

William Day

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14

 

I, Todd Sloan, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tremor Video, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.             Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.              Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.             Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

e.              All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

f.              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

Todd Sloan

 

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, William Day, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Tremor Video, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Tremor Video, Inc.

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

 

William Day

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Todd Sloan, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Tremor Video, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Tremor Video, Inc.

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

 

Todd Sloan

 

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

Date: March 16, 2015